S; 
 
 II
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 LOS ANGELES
 
 The State 
 
 ITS HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT VIEWED 
 SOCIOLOGICALLY 
 
 By FRANZ OPPENHEIMER, M.D., Ph.D. 
 
 Professor of Political Science in the University of Frankfort-on-Main 
 
 Authorized Translation 
 By JOHN M. GITTERMAN, Ph.D., LL.B. 
 
 (Of the New York County Bar) 
 
 New York 
 VANGUARD PRESS
 
 Copyright, 1914 
 The Bobbs-Merrill Company 
 
 Copyright, 1922 
 B. W. HuEBSCH, Inc. 
 
 VANGUARD PRINTINGS 
 
 First — August, 1926 
 Second — February, 1928 
 
 PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 
 
 'ASS
 
 College 
 33(o 
 
 THE MAN (1864—): 
 
 Franz Oppenheimer, one of a fairly large number 
 of British, French and German physicians who aband- 
 oned their medical pursuits and rose to fame as 
 political economists, was born in Berlin. He studied 
 and practiced medicine, became private Lecturer of 
 Economics at the Berlin University in 1909, and Pro- 
 fessor of Sociology at the Frankfort University in 
 1919. His libertarian views made him, for many 
 years, the target of academic persecutions, \intil the 
 growing fame of his masterpiece, The State, effec- 
 tively silenced his detractors. 
 
 THE BOOK (1908): 
 
 The organic history of the State is a long and ex- 
 citing adventure, usually rendered dull in learned 
 accounts. Not so in Oppenheimer's The State which 
 extracts that history, in a highly stimulating manner, 
 from the sharp necessities and homicidal conflicts of 
 all sorts and conditions of men, from the Stone Age 
 to the Age of Henry Ford. The easy flow of import- 
 ant information derivable from this German volume 
 has rendered it highly acceptable to American readers. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 .i;:i7533
 
 OTHER BOOKS BY 
 DOCTOR FRANZ OPPENHEIMER 
 
 Die Siedlungsgenossenachaft . . • . 1896 
 
 Grossgrundeigentum und Soziale Frage . . 1898 
 
 Das Grundgesetz der Marxschen Gesellschaflslehre 1903 
 
 Robertus' Angriff auf Ricardos Renten-theorie 
 
 und der Lexis-Diehl'sche Rettungsversuch . 1908 
 
 David Ricardos Grundrententheorie . . . 1909 
 
 Theorie der Reinen und Politischen Okonomie . 1910
 
 AUTHOR'S PREFACE 
 
 TO THE SECOND AMERICAN EDITION 
 
 This little book has made its way. In addition to 
 the present translation into English, there are author- 
 ized editions in French, Hungarian and Serbian. I am 
 also informed that there are translations published in 
 Japanese, Russian, Hebrew and Yiddish; but these, of 
 course, are pirated. The book has stood the test of 
 criticism, and has been judged both favorably and un- 
 favorably. It has, unquestionably, revived the discus- 
 sion on the origin and essence of the State. 
 
 Several prominent ethnologists, particularly Holsti, 
 the present Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Finnish 
 Free State, have attacked the basic principle formulated 
 and demonstrated in this work, but they have failed, 
 because their definition of the State assumed the very 
 matter that required to be proven. They have brought 
 together a large array of facts in proof of the existence 
 of some forms of Government and Leadership, even 
 where no classes obtained, and to the substance of these 
 forms they have given the name of "The State." It is 
 not my intention to controvert these facts. It is self- 
 evident, that in any group of human beings, be it ever 
 so small, there must exist an authority which deter- 
 mines conflicts and, in extraordinary situations, assumes 
 the leadership. But this authority is not "The State," 
 
 Hi
 
 iv PREFACE 
 
 in the sense iu which I use the word. The State may 
 be defined as an organization of one class dominating 
 over the other classes. Such a class organization can 
 come about in one way only, namely, through conquest 
 and the subjection of ethnic groups by the dominating 
 group. This can be demonstrated with almost mathe- 
 matical certainty. Not one of my critics has brought 
 proofs to invalidate this thesis. Most modern sociol- 
 ogists, among whom may be named Albion Small, Al- 
 fred Vierkandt and Wilhelm Wundt, accept this thesis. 
 Wilhelm Wundt, in particular, asserts in unmistakable 
 language, that "the political society (a term identical 
 with the State in the sense employed in this book) 
 first came about and could originate only in the period 
 of migration and conquest," whereby the subjugation of 
 one people by another was efiPected. 
 
 But even some of my opponents are favorably in- 
 clined to my arguments, as in the case of the venerable 
 Adolf Wagner, whose words I am proud to quote. In 
 his article on "The State" in the Handwbrterhuch der 
 Staatswissenschaften, he writes: "The sociologic con- 
 cept of the State, to which I have referred, particularly 
 in the broad scope and treatment of it given by Op- 
 penheimer, deserves careful consideration, especially 
 from political economists and political historians. The 
 vista opened out, from this point of view, of the eco- 
 nomic development of peoples and that of the State dur- 
 ing historic times, should be attractive even to the op- 
 ponents of the concept itself." 
 
 The "sociologic concept of the State," as Ludwig 
 Gumplowicz termed it, is assured of ultimate general 
 acceptance. Its opponents are strenuous and persever-
 
 PREFACE V 
 
 ing, and I once called them "the sociologic root of all 
 evil;" but the concept, none the less, is the basic prin- 
 ciple of "bourgeoisie" sociology, and will be found of 
 value in the study, not only of economics and history, 
 but in that of Law and Constitutional History. I per- 
 mit myself to make a few remarks on this point. 
 
 The earliest evidence of the recognition of the idea 
 underlying the law of previous accumulation, may be 
 traced back, at the latest, to the period of the decay of 
 classical civilization, at the time when the capitalistic 
 slave economy brought the city states to ruin as though 
 their peoples had suffered from a galloping consump- 
 tion. As in our modern capitalistic age, which re- 
 sembles that period in many respects, there occurred a 
 breach in all those naturally developed relations in 
 which the individual has found protection. What Fer- 
 dinand Toennies calls the "community bonds" were 
 loosened. The individual found himself unprotected, 
 compelled to rely on his own efforts and on his own 
 reason in the seething sea of competition which fol- 
 lowed. The collective reason, the product of the wis- 
 dom of thousands of years of experience, could no 
 longer guide or safeguard him. It had become scattered. 
 Out of this need for an individual reason, there arose 
 the idea of nationalism. This idea had its justification 
 at first, as a line of development and a method in the 
 newly born science of social government; but when 
 later it became what Rubenstein (in his work Romantic 
 Socialism) calls a "tendency," it was not justified. The 
 community, to use Toennies' term, changed into a "soci- 
 ety." "Contract" seemed to be the only bond that held 
 men together — the contract based on the purely ration-
 
 vi PREFACE 
 
 alistic relation of service for service, the do ut des, the 
 "Contrat Social" of Rousseau. A "society" would 
 thus appear to be a union of self-seeking individuals 
 who hoped through combination to obtain their per- 
 sonal satisfactions. Aristotle had taught that the State 
 had developed, by gradual growth, from the family 
 group. The Stoics and Epicureans held that individ- 
 uals formed the State — with this difference, that the 
 former viewed the individual as being socially inclined 
 by nature, and the latter that he was naturally anti- 
 social. To the Stoics, therefore, the "State of Nature" 
 was a peaceful union; to tlie Epicureans it was a war 
 of each against the other, with Society as a compelling 
 means for a decent modus vivendi. With the one a 
 Society was conditioned "physei" (by nature) ; with the 
 other it was "nomo" (by decree). 
 
 In spite, however, of this fundamental difference be- 
 tween these schools, both assumed the premise that, at 
 the beginning, individuals were free, equal politically 
 and economically, and that it was from such an original 
 social order there had developed, through gradual dif- 
 ferentiation, the fully developed State with its class 
 hierarchy. This is the law of previous accumulation. 
 
 But we should err if we believed that this thesis was 
 originally intended as a historical account. Rational- 
 ism is essentially unhistoric, even anti-historic. On the 
 contrary, the thesis was originally put forward as a 
 "fiction," a theory, a conscious unhistorical assumption. 
 In this form it acquired the name of natural law. It 
 was under this name that it came into modern thought, 
 tinctured stoically in Grotius and PufFendorf, and epi- 
 cureanally in Hobbes. It became the operative
 
 PREFACE vii 
 
 weapon of thought among the rising third estate of the 
 capitalists. 
 
 The capitalists used the weapon, first against the 
 feudal state with its privileged class, and, later against 
 the fourth estate, with its class theory of Socialism. 
 Against the feudal domination it argued that a "Law 
 of Nature" knows and permits no privileges. After its 
 victories in the English Revolution of 1648, and the 
 great French Revolution of 1789, it justified, by the 
 same reasoning, its own de facto pre-eminence, its own 
 social and economic class superiority, against the claims 
 of the working classes. According to Adam Smith, 
 the classes in a society are the results of "natural" de- 
 velopment. From an original state of equality, these 
 arose from no other cause than the exercise of the ec- 
 onomic virtues of industry, frugality and providence. 
 Since these virtues are pre-eminently those of a bour- 
 geoisie society, the capitalist rule, thus sanctioned by 
 natural law, is just and unassailable. As a corollary 
 to this theorem the claims of Socialism cannot be ad- 
 mitted. 
 
 Thus, what originally was put forward as a "fiction," 
 became first, a hypothesis and finally the axiom of all 
 bourgeoisie sociology. Those who support it accept the 
 axiom as self-evident, as not requiring proof. For 
 them, class domination, on this theory, is the result of 
 a gradual differentiation from an original state of gen- 
 eral equality and freedom, with no implication in it of 
 any extra-economic power. Robert Malthus applied 
 this alleged law to the future, in his attempt to demon- 
 strate any kind of Socialism to be purely Utopian. His 
 celebrated Law of Population is nothing but the law of
 
 viii PREFACE 
 
 original accumulation projected into the future. He 
 claims that if any attempt were made to restore the 
 state of economic equality, the workings of the law 
 would have the effect — because of the difference in 
 economic efficiency — of restoring modern class conditions. 
 All orthodox sociology begins with the struggle against 
 this supposed law of class formations. Yet every step 
 of progress made in the various fields of the science of 
 sociology, has been made by tearing up, one by one, the 
 innumerable and far-spreading roots which have pro- 
 ceeded from this supposed axiom. A sound sociology 
 has to recall the fact that class formation in historic 
 times, did not take place through gradual differentia- 
 tion in pacific economic competition, but was the result 
 of violent conquest and subjugation. 
 
 As both Capitalism and Socialism had their origins 
 in England, these new ideas were certain to find their 
 first expression in that country. So that we find Ger- 
 rard Winstanley, the leader of the "true levellers" of 
 Cromwell's time, arraying the facts of liistory against 
 this anti-historical theoretical assumption. He showed 
 that the English ruling class (the Squirearchy) was 
 composed essentially of the victorious conquerors, the 
 Normans, and that the subject class were the conquered 
 English Saxons. But his demonstration had little in- 
 fluence. It was only when the great French Revolution 
 brought the contrast out sharply that the thought sunk 
 in. No less a person than Count St. Simon, acknowl- 
 edged as the founder of the science of modern sociology, 
 and the no less scientific Socialism, discovered in the 
 dominant class of his country tlie Frankish and Bur- 
 gundian conquerors, and in its subject population, the
 
 PREFACE ix 
 
 descendants of the Romanized Celts. It was the pub- 
 lication of this discovery that gave birth to Western 
 European sociology. The conclusions drawn from it 
 were carried further by St. Simon's disciple, August 
 Comte, in his Philosophy of History, and by the Saint 
 Simonists, Enfantin and Bazard. These thinkers had 
 great influence on the economic development of the next 
 century; but their chief contribution was the elabora- 
 tion of the sociologic idea of the State. 
 
 Among the peoples of Western Europe, the new so- 
 ciology found a readier acceptance than it did among 
 those of Eastern Europe. The reason for tliis can 
 easily be seen when it is remembered that in the East 
 the contrast between the "State" and "Society," had not 
 been so definitely realized, as it had been in the West. 
 Even in the West, this contrast was only fully appre- 
 ciated, as a social fact, in England, France, the Nether- 
 lands and Italy, because in these countries only the class 
 of mobile wealth which had worked its way up as the 
 third estate, had succeeded in ousting the feudal 
 "State." In France, the league of the capitalists with 
 the Crown against the then armed and active nobility 
 had succeeded in subjecting the Frondeurs under the 
 absolute power of the King. From this time on, this 
 new estate represented itself as the Nation, and the 
 term "National Economy" takes the place of the older 
 term "Political Economy." The members of this third 
 estate felt themselves to be those subjects of the State 
 whose rights and liberties had been curtailed by the 
 piivileges of the two dominant estates of the nobility 
 and the clergy. Henceforth, the Third Estate pro- 
 claims the rights of "Society" and against the "State,"
 
 X PREFACE 
 
 opposes the eternal Law of Nature — that of original 
 equality and freedom — against the theoretic-historical 
 rights of the Estates. The concept of Society as a con- 
 trast to the concept of the State, first appears in Locke, 
 and from his time on this contrast was more and more 
 defined, especially in the writings of the physiocrat 
 school of economists. 
 
 In this struggle between classes and ideas, neither 
 ?'fiddle nor Eastern Europe played any important part. 
 In Germany there had once developed a Capitalist class 
 (in the period of the Fuggers of Augsburg) which at- 
 tained to almost American magnitude. But it was 
 crushed by the Religious Wars and the various French 
 invasions of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, 
 which left Germany a devastated, depopulated desert. 
 At the end of the period there remained a few cities and 
 small states under the absolute domination of princes. 
 Within the cities the artisans were bound together in their 
 craft-leagues, and the rest consisted of those of educa- 
 tional pursuits and academic officials. In a large de- 
 gree all these were dependent on the State — the mem- 
 bers of the craft-guilds because they accepted a priv- 
 ileged condition, the officials because they were servants 
 of the State, and the professional men, because they be- 
 longed to the upper estate of the society. For this rea- 
 son there was no economic or social movement of the 
 third estate in Germany; there was only a literary move- 
 ment influenced by the flow of ideas from the West. 
 This explains why the contrast between the two ideas of 
 the State and of Society was not present in the minds 
 of the German people. On the contrary, the two terms
 
 PREFACE 3d 
 
 were used as synonyms, both connotating an essentially 
 necessary conformity to nature. 
 
 But there is still another cause for this difference in 
 the mental attitude between Western and Eastern Eu- 
 rope. In England and France, from the time of Des- 
 cartes, the problems and inquiries of science were set 
 by men trained in mathematics and the natural sciences. 
 Especially in the new study of the philosophy of history, 
 the beginning of our modern sociology, did these men 
 act as guides. In Germany, on the contrary, it was the 
 theologians and especially the Protestant theologians 
 who were the leaders of thought. In their hands the 
 State came to be looked upon as an instrument of Divine 
 fashioning, and, indeed, of immanent divinity. This 
 thought resulted in a worship of the State, which 
 reached its height in the well-known Hegelian system. 
 It thus happened that two rivers of thought flowed for 
 a time side by side — the Sociology of Western Europe, 
 and the philosophy of History of Germany — with occa- 
 sional intercommunicating streams, such as Althusios 
 and PufFendorf into the French, English and Dutch 
 teaching of natural law, and that of Rousseau into 
 Hegel. In 1840, however, a direct junction was ef- 
 fected through Lorenz Stein, one of Hegel's most gifted 
 pupils who, later, became the leading German teacher 
 of administrative law, and influenced generations of 
 thinkers. He came to Paris, as a young man, for the 
 purpose of studying Socialism at the fountain head. He 
 became acquainted with the celebrated men of that 
 heroic time — with Enfintin and Bazard, with Louis 
 Blanc, Reybaud, and Proudhon.
 
 xii PREFACE 
 
 Lorenz Stein absorbed the new thought with enthu- 
 siasm, and in his fertile mind there was precipitated the 
 creative synthesis between the Western Europe scientific 
 sociological thought and the metaphysical German phil- 
 osophy of history. The product was called by him the 
 Science of Society {Gesellschaftswissenschaft). It is 
 from the writings of Stein that almost all the important 
 developments of German sociologic thought received 
 their first impulses. Karl Marx, especially (as Struve 
 has shown), as well as SchaeflBe, Othmar Spann and 
 Gumplowicz are largely indebted to him. 
 
 It is not my purpose to develop this historical theme. 
 I am concerned only in tracing the development of the 
 sociologic idea of the State. The first effect of this 
 meeting of the two streams of thought was a mischie- 
 vous confusion of terminology. The writers in Western 
 Europe had long ago lost control of the unification of 
 expressions in thinking. As stated above, the Third Es- 
 tate began by thinking itself to be "Society," as op- 
 posed to the State. But when the Fourth Estate grew 
 to class consciousness and became aware of its own the- 
 oretic existence, it arrogated to itself the term "Society" 
 (as may be seen from the selection of the word Social- 
 ism), and it treated the Bourgeoisie as a form of the 
 "State," of the class state. There were thus two widely 
 differing concepts of "Society." Yet here was an un- 
 derlying idea common to both Bourgeoisie and Socialist, 
 since they conceived the State as a collection of priv- 
 ileges arising and maintained in violation of natural law, 
 while Society was thought of as the prescribed form of 
 human union in conformity with natural law. They dif- 
 fered in one essential only, namely, that while the Third
 
 PREFACE xiii 
 
 Estate declared its capitalistic Society to be the result 
 of the processes of natural law, the Socialists regarded 
 their aims as not yet attained, and proclaimed that the 
 ideal society of the future which would really be the 
 product of the processes of natural law, could only be 
 realized by the elimination of all "surplus value." 
 Though both were in conflict with regard to fundamen- 
 tals, both agreed in viewing the "State" as civitas diaboli 
 and "Society" as civitas dei. 
 
 Stein, however, reversed the objectives of the two 
 concepts.- As an Hegelian, and pre-eminently a wor- 
 shipper of the State, he conceived the State as civitas 
 coelestis. Society, which he understood to mean only 
 the dominant bourgeoisie Society, he viewed through the 
 eyes of his Socialist friends and teachers, and con- 
 ceived it as civitas terrena. 
 
 What in Plato's sense is the "pure idea," the "ordre 
 naturel" of the early physiocrats and termed by French- 
 men and Englishmen "Society," was to Stein, the 
 "State." What had been contaminated and made im- 
 pure by the admixture of coarse matter, they termed the 
 "State," while the German called it "Society." In real- 
 ity, however, there is little difference between the two. 
 Stein realized with pain, that Hegel's pure concept of 
 a State based on right and freedom, was bound to re- 
 main an "idea" only. Eternally fettered, as he assumed 
 it must be, by the forces of property and the culture 
 proceeding from them, it could never be a fact. This is 
 his conclusion regarding "Society," so that its effective 
 development is obstructed by the beneficent association, 
 of human beings, as Stein conceived that association. 
 
 Thus was attained the very pinnacle of confused
 
 xiv PREFACE 
 
 thinking. All German sociologists^ with the single excep- 
 tion of Carl Dietzel, soon realized that the Hegelian 
 concept of the State was impotent, existing only in the 
 "Idea." In no point did it touch the reality of his- 
 torical growth, and in no sense could it be made to stand 
 for what had always been considered as the State. 
 Long ago both Marx and Bakunin — respectively the 
 founders of scientific collectivism and practical anar- 
 chism — and especially Ludwig Gumplowicz, abandoned 
 the Hegelian terminology and accepted that of Western 
 Europe and this has been generally accepted every- 
 where. 
 
 In this little book I have followed the Western Eu- 
 ropean terminology. By the "State," I do not mean the 
 human aggregation which may perchance come about to 
 be, or, as it properly should be. I mean by it that sum- 
 mation of privileges and dominating positions which are 
 brought into being by extra economic power. And in 
 contrast to this, I mean by Society, the totality of con- 
 cepts of all purely natural relations and institutions be- 
 tween man and man, which will not be fully realized un- 
 til the last remnant of the creations of the barbaric "ages 
 of conquest and migration," has been eliminated from 
 community life. Others may call any form of leader- 
 ship and government or some other ideal, the "State." 
 That is a matter of personal choice. It is useless to 
 quarrel about definitions. But it might be well if those 
 other thinkers were to understand that they have not 
 controverted the sociologic idea of the "State," if a con- 
 cept of the "State" grounded on a different basis, does 
 not correspond to that which they have evolved. And 
 they must guard themselves particularly against the
 
 PREFACE XV 
 
 danger of applying any definition other than that used 
 in this book to those actual historical products which 
 have hitherto been called "States/' the essence, develop- 
 ment, course and future of which must be explained by 
 any true teaching or philosophy of the State. 
 
 Franz Oppenhkimer. 
 Frankfort-on-Main, April 1922.
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 Authoh's Preface . <, iii 
 
 I Theories of the State ..... o 1 
 The Sociologioil Idea of the State .... 15 
 
 II The Genesis of the State 22 
 
 (a) PoUtical and Economic Means .... 24 
 
 (b) Peoples Without a State : Huntsmen and 
 
 Grubbers 27 
 
 (c) Peoples Preceding the State : Herdsmen and 
 
 Vikings 33 
 
 (d) The Genesis of the State 51 
 
 III The Primitive Feudal State 82 
 
 (a) The Form of Dominion 82 
 
 (b) The Integration 89 
 
 (c) The DiflFerentiation : Group Theories and 
 
 Group Psychology 92 
 
 (d) The Primitive Feudal State of Higher 
 
 Grade 105 
 
 IV Tbce Maritime State 121 
 
 (a) Traffic in Prehistoric Times . . . .122 
 
 (b) Trade and the Primitive State .... 135 
 
 (c) The Genesis of the Maritime State . . .140 
 
 (d) Essence and Issue of the Maritime States . . 155 
 
 V The Development of the Feudal State . . . 174 
 
 (a) The Genesis of Landed Property . . . 174 
 
 (b) The Central Power in the Primitive Feudal State 182 
 
 (c) The Political and Social Disintegration of 
 
 the Primitive Feudal State . . . .191 
 
 (d) The Ethnic Amalgamation . . . .213 
 
 (e) The Developed Feudal State . . . .221 
 
 VI The Development of the Constitutional State . . 229 
 
 (a) The Emancipation of the Peasantry . . .231 
 
 (b) The Genesis of the Industrial State . . .236 
 
 (c) The Influences of Money Economy . . . ^43 
 
 (d) The Modern Constitutional State . . .257 
 
 VII The Tendency of the Development of the State . 274 
 Notes ..,..••••• 293
 
 THE STATE 
 
 CHAPTER I 
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 
 
 This treatise regards the State from the 
 sociological standpoint only, not from the 
 juristic — sociology, as I understand the word, 
 being both a philosophy of history and a theory 
 of economics. Our object is to trace the de- 
 velopment of the State from its socio-psycho- 
 logical genesis up to its modern constitutional 
 form ; after that, we shall endeavor to present 
 a well-founded prognosis concerning its future 
 development. Since we shall trace only the 
 State's inner, essential being, we need not con- 
 cern ourselves with the external forms of law 
 under which its international and intra-na- 
 tional life is assumed. This treatise, in short, 
 is a contribution to the philosophy of State de-
 
 2 THE STATE 
 
 velopment ; but only in so far as the law of de- 
 velopment here traced from its generic form 
 affects also the social problems common to all 
 forms of the modern State. 
 
 With this limitation of treatment in mind, 
 we may at the outset dismiss all received doc- 
 trines of public law. Even a cursory exami- 
 nation of conventional theories of the State is 
 sufficient to show that they furnish no expla- 
 nation of its genesis, essence and purpose. 
 These theories represent all possibly shadings 
 between all imaginable extremes. Rousseau 
 derives the State from a social contract, while 
 Carey ascribes its origin to a band of robbers. 
 Plato and the followers of Karl Marx endow 
 the State with omnipotence, making it the ab- 
 solute lord over the citizen in all political and 
 economic matters; while Plato even goes so 
 far as to wish the State to regulate sexual re- 
 lations. The Manchester school, on the other 
 hand, going to the opposite extreme of liberal- 
 ism, would have the State exercise only need- 
 ful police functions, and would thus logically 
 have as a result a scientific anarchism which
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 3 
 
 must utterly exterminate the State. From 
 these various and conflicting views, it is im- 
 possible either to establish a fixed principle, 
 or to formulate a satisfactory concept of the 
 real essence of the State. 
 
 This irreconcilable conflict of theories is 
 easily explained by the fact that none of the 
 conventional theories treats the State from 
 the sociological view-point. Nevertheless, the 
 State is a phenomenon common to all history, 
 and its essential nature can only be made plain 
 by a broad and comprehensive study of uni- 
 versal history. Except in the field of soci- 
 ology, the king's highway of science, no treat- 
 ment of the State has heretofore taken this 
 path. All previous theories of the State have 
 been class theories. To anticipate somewhat 
 the outcome of our researches, every State has 
 been and is a class State, and every theory of 
 the State has been and is a class theory. 
 
 A class theory is, however, of necessity, not 
 the result of investigation and reason, but a 
 by-product of desires and will. Its arguments 
 are used, not to establish truth, but as weapons
 
 4 THE STATE 
 
 in the contest for material interests. The re- 
 sult, therefore, is not science, but nescience. 
 By understanding the State, we may indeed 
 recognize the essence of theories concerning the 
 State. But the converse is not true. An un- 
 derstanding of theories about the State will 
 give us no clue to its essence. 
 
 The following may be stated as a ruling con- 
 cept, especially prevalent in university teach- 
 ing, of the origin and essence of the State. It 
 represents a view which, in spite of manifold 
 attacks, is still affirmed. 
 
 It is maintained that the State is an or- 
 ganization of human community life, which 
 originates by reason of a social instinct im- 
 planted in men by nature (Stoic Doctrine); 
 or else is brought about by an irresistible im- 
 pulse to end the "war of all against all," and 
 to coerce the savage, who opposes organized 
 effort, to a peaceable community life in place 
 of the anti-social struggle in which all budding 
 shoots of advancement are destroyed (Epi- 
 curean Doctrine) . These two apparently ir- 
 reconcilable concepts were fused by the in-
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 5 
 
 termediation of medi£eval philosophy. This, 
 founded on theologic reasoning and behef 
 in the Bible, developed the opinion that 
 man, originally and by nature a social crea- 
 ture, is, through original sin, the fratricide of 
 Cain and the transgression at the tower of 
 Babel, divided into innumerable tribes, which 
 fight to the hilt, until they unite peace- 
 ably as a State. 
 
 This view is utterly untenable. It confuses 
 the logical concept of a class with some subor- 
 dinate species thereof. Granted that the 
 State is one form of organized political co- 
 hesion, it is also to be remembered that it is a 
 form having specific characteristics. Every 
 state in history was or is a state of classes, a 
 polity of superior and inferior social groups, 
 based upon distinctions either of rank or of 
 property. This phenomenon must, then, be 
 called the "State." With it alone history oc- 
 cupies itself. 
 
 We should, therefore, be justified in desig- 
 nating eveiy other form of political organiza- 
 tion by the same termj without further diff eren-
 
 6 THE STATE 
 
 tiation, had there never existed any other than 
 a class-state, or were it the only conceivable 
 form. At least, proof might properly be 
 called for, to show that each conceivable politi- 
 cal organization, even though originally it did 
 not represent a polity of superior and inferior 
 social and economic classes, since it is of neces- 
 sity subject to inherent laws of development, 
 must in the end be resolved into the specific 
 class form of history. Were such proof forth- 
 coming, it would offer in fact only one form 
 of political amalgamation, calling in turn for 
 differentiation at various stages of develop- 
 ment, viz., the preparatory stage, when class 
 distinction does not exist, and the stage of 
 maturity, when it is fully developed. 
 
 Former students of the philosophy of the 
 State were dimly aware of this problem. And 
 they tried to adduce the required proof, that 
 because of inherent tendencies of development, 
 every human political organization must grad- 
 ually become a class-state. Philosophers of 
 the canon law handed this theory down to 
 philosophers of the law of nature. From
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 7 
 
 these, through the mediation of Rousseau, it 
 became a part of the teachings of the econo- 
 mists ; and even to this day it rules their views 
 and diverts them from the facts. 
 
 This assumed proof is based upon the con- 
 cept of a "pHmitive accumulation," or an origi- 
 nal store of wealth, in lands and in movable 
 property, brought about by means of purely 
 economic forces; a doctrine justly derided by 
 Karl Marx as a "fairy tale." Its scheme of 
 reasoning approximates this: 
 
 Somewhere, in some far-stretching, fertile 
 country, a number of free men, of equal status, 
 form a union for mutual protection. Grad- 
 ually they differentiate into property classes. 
 Those best endowed with strength, wisdom, 
 capacity for saving, industry and caution, 
 slowly acquire a basic amount of real or 
 movable property; while the stupid and less 
 efficient, and those given to carelessness 
 and waste, remain without possessions. The 
 well-to-do lend their productive property to 
 the less well-off in return for tribute, either 
 ground-rent or profit, and become thereby con-
 
 8 THE STATE 
 
 tinually richer, while the others always remain 
 poor. These differences in possession grad- 
 ually develop social class distinctions; since 
 everywhere the rich have preference, while 
 they alone have the time and the means to de- 
 vote to public affairs and to turn the laws ad- 
 ministered by them to their own advantage. 
 Thus, in time, there develops a* ruling and 
 property-owning estate, and a proletariate, a 
 class without property. The primitive state 
 of free and equal fellows becomes a class-state, 
 by an inherent law of development, because in 
 every conceivable mass of men there are, as 
 may readily be seen, strong and weak, clever 
 and foolish, cautious and wasteful ones. 
 
 This seems quite plausible, and it coincides 
 with the experience of our daily life. It is not 
 at all unusual to see an especially gifted mem- 
 ber of the lower class rise from his former sur- 
 roundings, and even attain a leading position 
 in the upper class; or conversely, to see some 
 spendthrift or weaker member of the higher 
 group "lose his class" and drop into the 
 proletariate.
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 9 
 
 And yet this entire theory is utterly mis- 
 taken; it is a "fairy tale," or it is a class theory 
 used to justify the privileges of the upper 
 classes. The class-state never originated in 
 this fashion, and never could have so origi- 
 nated. History shows that it did not; and 
 economics shows deductively, with a testimony 
 absolute, mathematical and binding, that it 
 could not. A simple problem in elementary 
 arithmetic shows that the assumption of an 
 original accumulation is totally erroneous, and 
 has nothing to do with the development of the 
 class-state. 
 
 The proof is as follows: All teachers of 
 natural law, etc., have unanimously declared 
 that the differentiation into income-receiving 
 classes and propertyless classes can only take 
 place when all fertile lands have been occupied. 
 For so long as man has ample opportunity to 
 take up unoccupied land, "no one," says Tur- 
 got, "would think of entering the service of 
 another;" we may add, "at least for wages, 
 which are not apt to be higher than the earn- 
 ings of an independent peasant working an
 
 10 THE STATE 
 
 unmortgaged and sufficiently large property;" 
 while mortgaging is not possible as long as 
 land is yet free for the working or taking, as 
 free as air and water. Matter that is obtain- 
 able for the taking has no value that enables 
 it to be pledged, since no one loans on things 
 that can be had for nothing. 
 
 The philosophers of natural law, then, as- 
 sumed that complete occupancy of the gi'ound 
 must have occurred quite early, because of the 
 natural increase of an originally small popula- 
 tion. They were under the impression that 
 at their time, in the eighteenth century, it had 
 taken place many centuries previous, and they 
 naively deduced the existing class aggi'oup- 
 ment from the assumed conditions of that long- 
 past point of time. It never entered their 
 heads to work out their problem ; and with few 
 exceptions their error has been copied by soci- 
 ologists, historians and economists. It is 
 only quite recently that my figures were 
 worked out, and they are truly astounding.* 
 
 * Franz Oppenheimer, Theorie der Beinen und Politischen 
 (Ekonomie. Berlin, 1912. — Translator.
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 11 
 
 We can determine with approximate ac- 
 curacy the amount of land of average fertility 
 in the temperate zone, and also what amount 
 is sufficient to enable a family of peasants to 
 exist comfortably, or how much such a family 
 can work with its own forces, without en- 
 gaging outside help or permanent farm serv- 
 ants. At the time of the migration of the bar- 
 barians (350 to 750 A. D.), the lot of each 
 able-bodied man was about thirty morgen 
 (equal to twenty acres) on average lands, on 
 very good ground only ten to fifteen morgen 
 (equal to seven or ten acres) , four morgen be- 
 ing equal to one hectare. Of this land, at 
 least a third, and sometimes a half, was left un- 
 cultivated each year. The remainder of the 
 fifteen to twenty morgen sufficed to feed and 
 fatten into giants the immense famihes of these 
 child-producing Germans, and this in spite of 
 the primitive technique, whereby at least half 
 the productive capacity of a day was lost. 
 Let us assume that, in these modern times, 
 thirty morgen (equal to twenty acres) for the 
 average peasant suffices to support a family.
 
 12 THE STATE 
 
 We have then assumed a block of land suffi- 
 ciently large to meet any objection. Modern 
 Germany, populated as it is, contains an agri- 
 cultural area of thirty-four million hectares 
 (equal to eighty-four million, fifteen thousand, 
 four hundred and eighty acres ) . The agricul- 
 tural population, including farm laborers and 
 their families, amounts to seventeen million; 
 so that, assuming five persons to a family and 
 an equal division of the farm lands, each 
 family would have ten hectares (equal to 
 twenty-five acres). In other words, not even 
 in the Germany of our own day would the 
 point have been reached where, according to 
 the theories of the adherents of natural law, 
 differentiation into classes would begin. 
 
 Apply the same process to countries less 
 densely settled, such, for example, as the Dan- 
 ube States, Turkey, Hungary and Russia, and 
 still more astounding results will appear. As 
 a matter of fact, there are still on the earth's 
 surface, seventy-three biUion, two hundred 
 million hectares (equal to one hundred eighty 
 billion, eight hundred eighty million and four
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 13 
 
 hundred sixteen thousand acres) ; dividing into 
 the first amount the number of human beings 
 of all professions whatever, viz., one billion, 
 eight hundred million, every family of five 
 persons could possess about thirty morgen 
 (equal to eighteen and a half acres), and still 
 leave about two-thirds of the planet unoccu- 
 pied. 
 
 If, therefore, purely economic causes are 
 ever to bring about a differentiation into 
 classes by the growth of a propertyless labor- 
 ing class, the time has not yet arrived; and 
 the critical point at which ownership of land 
 will cause a natural scarcity is thrust into the 
 dim future — if indeed it ever can arrive. 
 
 As a matter of fact, however, for centuries 
 past, in all parts of the world, we have had a 
 class-state, with possessing classes on top and 
 a propertyless laboring class at the bottom, 
 even when population was much less dense 
 than it is to-day. Now it is true that the class- 
 state can arise only where all fertile acreage 
 has been occupied completely ; and since I have 
 shown that even at the present time, all the
 
 14 THE STATE 
 
 ground is not occupied economically, this must 
 mean that it has been preempted politically. 
 Since land could not have acquired "natural 
 scarcity," the scarcity must have been "legal." 
 This means that the land has been preempted 
 by a ruling class against its subject class, and 
 settlement prevented. Therefore the State, 
 as a class-state, can have originated in no other 
 way than through conquest and subjugation. 
 This view, the so-called "sociologic idea of 
 the state," as the following will show, is sup- 
 ported in ample manner by well-known his- 
 torical facts. And yet most modern histo- 
 rians have rejected it, holding that both groups, 
 amalgamated by war into one State, before 
 that time had, each for itself formed a "State." 
 As there is no method of obtaining historical 
 proof to the contrary, since the beginnings of 
 human history are unknown, we should arrive 
 at a verdict of "not proven," were it not that, 
 deductively, there is the absolute certainty 
 that the State, as history shows it, the class- 
 state, could not have come about except 
 through warlike subjugation. The mass of
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 15 
 
 evidence shows that our simple calculation ex- 
 cludes any other result. 
 
 THE SOCIOLOGICAL IDEA OF THE STATE 
 
 To the originally, purely sociological, idea 
 of the State, I have added the economic phase 
 and formulated it as follows: 
 
 What, then, is the State as a sociological 
 concept? The State, completely in its gene- 
 sis, essentially and almost completely during 
 the first stages of its existence, is a social insti- 
 tution, forced by a victorious group of men on 
 a defeated group, with the sole purpose of reg- 
 ulating the dominion of the victorious group 
 over the vanquished, and securing itself against 
 revolt from within and attacks from abroad. 
 Teleologically, this dominion had no other 
 purpose than the economic exploitation of the 
 vanquished by the victors. 
 
 No primitive state known to history orig- 
 inated in any other manner.^ Wherever a re- 
 liable tradition reports otherwise, either it 
 concerns the amalgamation of two fully de- 
 veloped primitive states into one body of more
 
 ^ 
 
 6 THE STATE 
 
 complete organization; or else it is an adapta- 
 tion to men of the fable of the sheep which 
 made a bear their king in order to be protected 
 against the wolf. But even in this latter case, 
 the form and content of the State became pre- 
 ciselj'' the same as in those states where nothing 
 intervened, and which became immediately 
 "wolf states." 
 
 The little history learned in our school-days 
 suffices to prove this generic doctrine. Every- 
 where we find some warlike tribe of wild men 
 breaking through the boundaries of some less 
 warlike people, setthng down as nobility and 
 founding its State. In Mesopotamia, wave 
 follows wave, state follows state — Babylon- 
 ians, Amoritans, Assyrians, Arabs, Medes, 
 Persians, Macedonians, Parthians, Mongols, 
 Seldshuks, Tartars, Turks ; on the Nile, Hyk- 
 sos, Nubians, Persians, Greeks, Romans, 
 Arabs, Turks; in Greece, the Doric States are 
 typical examples; in Italy, Romans, Ostro- 
 goths, Lombards, Franks, Germans; in Spain, 
 Carthaginians, Visigoths, Arabs; in Gaul, 
 Romans, Franks, Burgundians, Normans: in
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 17 
 
 Britain, Saxons, Normans. In India wave 
 upon wave of wild warlike clans has flooded 
 over the country even to the islands of the In- 
 dian Ocean. So also is it with China. In the 
 European colonies, we find the selfsame type, 
 wherever a settled element of the population 
 has been found, as for example, in South 
 America and Mexico. Where that element is 
 lacking, where only roving huntsmen are 
 found, who may be exterminated but not sub- 
 jugated, the conquerors resort to the device of 
 importing from afar masses of men to be ex- 
 ploited, to be subject perpetually to forced 
 labor, and thus the slave trade arises. 
 
 An apparent exception is found only in 
 those European colonies in which it is forbid- 
 den to replace the lack of a domiciled indige- 
 nous population by the importation of slaves. 
 One of these colonies, the United States of 
 America, is among the most powerful state- 
 formations in all history. The exception 
 there found is to be explained by this, that the 
 mass of men to be exploited and worked with- 
 out cessation imports itself, by emigration in
 
 18 THE STATE 
 
 great hordes from primitive states or from 
 those in higher stages of development in which 
 exploitation has become unbearable, while lib- 
 erty of movement has been attained. In this 
 case, one may speak of an infection from afar 
 with "statehood" brought in by the infected of 
 foreign lands. Where, however, in such col- 
 onies, immigTation is very limited, either be- 
 cause of excessive distances and the conse- 
 quent high charges for moving from home, or 
 because of regulations hmiting the immigra- 
 tion, we perceive an approximation to the final 
 end of the development of the State, which we 
 nowadays recognize as the necessary outcome 
 and finale, but for which we have not yet found 
 a scientific terminology. Here again, in the 
 dialectic development, a change in the quantity 
 is bound up with a change of the quality. 
 The old form is filled with new contents. We 
 still find a "State" in so far as it represents the 
 tense regulation, secured by external force, 
 whereby is secured the social living together of 
 large bodies of men; but it is no longer the 
 "State" in its older sense. It is no longer the
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 19 
 
 instrument of political domination and eco- 
 nomic exploitation of one social group by an- 
 other; it is no longer a "State of Classes." It 
 rather resembles a condition which appears to 
 have come about through a "social contract." 
 This stage is approached by the Australian 
 Colonies, excepting Queensland, which after 
 the feudal manner still exploits the half en- 
 slaved Kanakas. It is almost attained in New 
 Zealand. 
 
 So long as there is no general assent as to 
 the origin and essence of states historically 
 known or as to the sociological meaning of the 
 word "State," it would be futile to attempt to 
 force into use a new name for these most ad- 
 vanced commonwealths. They will continue 
 to be called "states" in spite of all protests, 
 especially because of the pleasure of using 
 confusing concepts. For the purpose of this 
 study, however, we propose to employ a new 
 concept, a different verbal lever, and shall 
 speak of the result of the new process as a 
 "Freemen's Citizenship." 
 
 This summary survey of the states of the
 
 20 THE STATE 
 
 past and present should, if space permitted, be 
 supplemented by an examination of the facts 
 offered by the study of races, and of those 
 states which are not treated in our falsely 
 called "Universal History." On this point, the 
 assurance may be accepted that here again our 
 general rule is valid without exception. 
 Everywhere, whether in the Malay Archipel- 
 ago, or in the "great sociological laboratory of 
 Africa," at all places on this planet where the 
 development of tribes has at all attained a 
 higher form, the State grew from the subjuga- 
 tion of one group of men by another. Its basic 
 justification, its raison d'etre, was and is the 
 economic exploitation of those subjugated. 
 
 The summary review thus far made may 
 serve as proof of the basic premise of this 
 sketch. The pathfinder, to whom, before all 
 others, we are indebted for this line of investi- 
 gation is Professor Ludwig Gumplowicz of 
 Graz, jurist and sociologist, who crowned a 
 brave life by a brave self -chosen death. We 
 can, then, in sharp outlines, follow in the suf- 
 ferings of himianity the path which the State
 
 THEORIES OF THE STATE 21 
 
 has pursued in its progress through the ages. 
 This we propose now to trace from the primi- 
 tive state founded on conquest to the "free- 
 men's citizenship."
 
 CHAPTER II 
 
 THE GENESIS OF THE STATE 
 
 One single force impels all life ; one force de- 
 veloped it, from the single cell, the particle of 
 albmnen floating about in the warm ocean of 
 prehistoric time, up to the vertebrates, and then 
 to man. This one force, according to Lippert, 
 is the tendency to provide for life, bifurcated 
 into "hunger and love.'* With man, however, 
 philosophy also enters into the play of these 
 forces, in order hereafter, together with "hun- 
 ger and love, to hold together the structure of 
 the world of men." To be sure, this philos- 
 ophy, this "idea" of Schopenhauer's, is at its 
 source nothing else than a creature of the pro- 
 vision for life called by him "will." It is an 
 organ of orientation in the world, an arm in the 
 struggle for existence. Yet in spite of this, 
 we shall come to know the desire for caus-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 23 
 
 ation as a self-acting force, and of social 
 facts as cooperators in the sociological pro- 
 cess of development. In the beginning of 
 human society, and as it gradually develops, 
 this tendency pushes itself forward in various 
 bizarre ideas called "superstition." These are 
 based on purely logical conclusions from 
 incomplete observations concerning air and 
 water, earth aiid fire, animals and plants, which 
 seem endowed with a throng of spirits both 
 kindly and malevolent. One may say that in 
 the most recent modern times, at a stage at- 
 tained only by very few races, there arises also 
 the younger daughter of the desire for causa- 
 tion, namely science, as a logical result of com- 
 plete observation of facts; science, now re- 
 quired to exterminate widely branched-out 
 superstition, which, with innumerable threads, 
 has rooted itself in the very soul of mankind. 
 But, however powerfully, especially in the 
 moment of "ecstasy," " superstition may have 
 influenced history, however powerfully, even in 
 ordinary times, it may have cooperated in the 
 development of human communal life, the prin-
 
 24 THE STATE 
 
 cipal force of development is still to be found 
 in the necessities of life, which force man to 
 acquire for himself and for his family nourish- 
 ment, clothing and housing. This remains, 
 therefore, the "economic" impulse. A socio- 
 logical — and that means a socio-psychological 
 — investigation of the development of history 
 can, therefore, not progress otherwise than by 
 following out the methods by which economic 
 needs have been satisfied in their gradual un- 
 folding, and by taking heed of the influences of 
 the causation impulse at its proper place. 
 
 (a) POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC MEANS 
 
 There are two fundamentally opposed 
 means whereby man, requiring sustenance, is 
 impelled to obtain the necessary means for sat- 
 isfying his desires. These are work and rob- 
 bery, one's own labor and the forcible appro- 
 priation of the labor of others. Robbery! 
 Forcible appropriation! These words convey 
 to us ideas of crime and the penitentiary, since 
 we are the contemporaries of a developed civi-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 25 
 
 lization, specifically based on the inviolability 
 of property. And this tang is not lost when 
 we are convinced that land and sea robbery is 
 the primitive relation of life, just as the war- 
 riors' trade — which also for a long time is only 
 organized mass robbery — constitutes the most 
 respected of occupations. Both because of 
 this, and also on account of the need of having, 
 in the further development of this study, terse, 
 clear, sharply opposing terms for these very 
 important contrasts, I propose in the following ' 
 discussion to call one's own labor and the 
 equivalent exchange of one's own labor for the 
 labor of others, the "economic means" for the 
 satisfaction of needs, while the unrequited ap- 
 propriation of the labor of others will be called 
 the "political means." 
 
 The idea is not altogether new ; philosophers 
 of history have at all times found this contra- 
 diction and have tried to formulate it. But no 
 one of these formula has carried the premise to 
 its complete logical end. At no place is it 
 clearly shown that the contradiction consists
 
 26 THE STATE 
 
 only in the means by which the identical pur- 
 pose J the acquisition of economic objects of con- 
 sumption, is to be obtained. Yet this is the 
 critical point of the reasoning. In the case of 
 a thinker of the rank of Karl Marx, one mav 
 observe what confusion is brought about when 
 economic purpose and economic means are not 
 strictly differentiated. All those errors, which 
 in the end led Marx's splendid theory so far 
 away from truth, were grounded in the lack of 
 clear differentiation between the means of eco- 
 nomic satisfaction of needs and its end. This 
 led him to designate slavery as an "economic 
 category," and force as an "economic force" — 
 half truths which are far more dangerous than 
 total untruths, since their discovery is more dif- 
 ficult, and false conclusions from them are in- 
 evitable. 
 
 On the other hand, our own sharp differenti- 
 ation between the two means toward the same 
 end, will help us to avoid any such confusion. 
 This will be our key to an understanding of the 
 development, the essence, and the purpose of 
 the State ; and since all universal history here-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 27 
 
 tofore has been only the history of states, to an 
 understanding of universal history as well. 
 All world history, from primitive times up to 
 our own civilization, presents a single phase, 
 a contest namely between the economic and 
 the political means ; and it can present only this 
 phase mitil we have achieved free citizenship. 
 
 (b) PEOPLES WITHOUT A STATE: HUNTSMEN 
 AND GRUBBERS 
 
 The state is an organization of the politi- 
 cal means. No state, therefore, can come into 
 being until the economic means has created a 
 definite number of objects for the satisfac- 
 tion of needs, which objects may be taken 
 away or appropriated by warlike robbery. 
 For that reason, primitive huntsmen are with- 
 out a state ; and even the more highly developed 
 huntsmen become parts of a state structure 
 only when they find in their neighborhood an 
 evolved economic organization which they can 
 subjugate. But primitive huntsmen live in 
 practical anarchy.
 
 28 THE STATE 
 
 Grosse says concerning primitive huntsmen 
 in general: 
 
 " There are no essential differences of for- 
 tune among them, and thus a principal source 
 for the origin of differences in station is lack- 
 ing. Generally, all grown men within the 
 tribe enjoy equal rights. The older men, 
 thanks to their greater experience, have a cer- 
 tain authority; but no one feels himself bound 
 to render them obedience. Where in some 
 cases chiefs are recognized — as with the Boto- 
 kude, the Central Calif ornians, the Wedda and 
 the Mincopie — their power is extremely 
 limited. The chieftain has no means of en- 
 forcing his wishes against the will of the rest. 
 Most tribes of hunters, however, have no chief- 
 tain. The entire society of the males still 
 forms a homogeneous undifferentiated mass, 
 in which only those individuals achieve prom- 
 inence who are believed to possess magical 
 powers." ^ 
 
 Here, then, there scarcely exists a spark 
 of "statehood," even in the sense of ordinary
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 29 
 
 theories of the state, still less in the sense 
 of the correct "sociologic idea of the state." 
 
 The social structure of primitive peasants 
 has hardly more resemblance to a state than 
 has the horde of huntsmen. Where the peas- 
 ant, working the ground with a grub, is living 
 in liberty, there is as yet no "state." The 
 plow is always the mark of a higher economic 
 condition which occurs only in a state ; that is to 
 say, in a system of plantation work carried on 
 by subjugated servants.^ The grubbers live 
 isolated from one another, scattered over the 
 country in separated curtilages, perhaps in vil- 
 lages, split up because of quarrels about dis- 
 trict or farm boundaries. In the best cases, 
 they live in feebly organized associations, bound 
 together by oath, attached only loosely by the 
 tie which the consciousness of the same descent 
 and speech and the same belief imposes upon 
 them. They unite perhaps once a year in the 
 common celebration of renowned ancestors or 
 of the tribal god. There is no ruling authority 
 over the whole mass; the various chieftains of 
 a village, or possibly of a district, may have
 
 30 THE STATE 
 
 more or less influence in their circumscribed 
 spheres, this depending usually upon their per- 
 sonal qualities, and especially upon the magical 
 powers attributed to them. Cunow describes 
 the Peruvian peasants before the incursion of 
 the Incas as follows : "An unregulated living 
 side by side of many independent, mutually 
 warring tribes, who again were split up into 
 more or less autonomous territorial unions, held 
 together by ties of kinship." ^ One may say 
 that all the primitive peasants of the old and 
 new world were of this type. 
 
 In such a state of society, it is hardly con- 
 ceivable that a warlike organization could 
 come about for purposes of attack. It is 
 sufficiently difficult to mobilize the clan, or 
 still more the tribe, for common defense. The 
 peasant is always lacking in mobility. He is 
 as attached to the ground as the plants he culti- 
 vates. As a matter of fact, the working of 
 his field makes him "bound to the soil" {glehce 
 adscriptus) , even though, in the absence of law, 
 he has freedom of movement. What purpose, 
 moreover, would a looting expedition effect in
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 31 
 
 a country, which throughout its extent is oc- 
 cupied only by grubbing peasants ? The peas- 
 ant can carry oif from the peasant nothing 
 which he does not already own. In a condition 
 of society marked by superfluity of agricul- 
 tural land, each individual contributes only a 
 little work to its extensive cultivation. Each 
 occupies as much territory as he needs. More 
 would be superfluous. Its acquisition would 
 be lost labor, even were its owner able to con- 
 serve for any length of time the grain products 
 thus secured. Under primitive conditions, 
 however, this spoils rapidly by reason of change 
 of atmosphere, ants, or other agencies. Ac- 
 cording to Ratzel, the Central African peas- 
 ant must convert the superfluous portion of his 
 crops into beer as quickly as possible in order 
 not to lose it entirely! 
 
 For all these reasons, primitive peasants are 
 totally lacking in that warlike desire to take the 
 ofl*ensive which is the distinguishing mark of 
 hmiters and herdsmen : war can not better their 
 condition. And this peaceable attitude is 
 strengthened by the fact that the occupation of
 
 32 THE STATE 
 
 the peasant does not make him an efficient war- 
 rior. It is true his muscles are strong and he 
 has powers of endurance, but he is sluggish 
 of movement and slow to come to a determina- 
 tion, while huntsmen and nomads by their 
 methods of living develop speed of motion and 
 swiftness of action. For this reason, the prim- 
 itive peasant is usually of a more gentle dis- 
 position than they.* 
 
 To sum up: within the economic and social 
 conditions of the peasant districts, one finds 
 no differentiation working for the higher 
 forms of integration. There exists neither the 
 impulse nor the possibility for the warlike sub- 
 jection of neighbors. No "State" can there- 
 
 * This ps3"chological contradiction, though often expressly 
 stated, is not the absolute rule, Grosse, Forms of the Family, 
 says (page 137): "Some historians of civilization place the 
 peasant in opposition to the warlike nomads, claiming that 
 the peasants are peace-loving peoples. In fact one can not 
 state that their economic life leads them to wars, or educates 
 them for it, as can be said of stock raisers. Nevertheless, one 
 finds within the scope of this form of cultivation a mass of 
 the most warlike and cruel peoples to be found anywhere. 
 The wild cannibals of the Bismarck archipelago, the blood- 
 lusting Vitians, the butchers of men of Dahome and Ashanti 
 — they all cultivate the 'peaceable' acres; and if other peas- 
 ants are not quite as bad, it seems that the kindly disposition 
 <ii the vast mass appears to be, at least, questionable."
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 33 
 
 fore arise; and, as a matter of fact, none ever 
 has arisen from such social conditions. Had 
 there been no impulse from without, from 
 groups of men nourished in a different man- 
 ner, the primitive grubber would never have 
 discovered the State. 
 
 (c) PtlOPLES PRECEDING THE STATE: 
 HERDSMEN AND VIKINGS 
 
 Herdsmen, on the contrary, even though 
 isolated, have developed a whole series of the 
 elements of statehood; and in the tribes which 
 have progressed further, they have developed 
 this in its totality, with the single exception 
 of the last point of identification which com- 
 pletes the state in its modern sense, that is to 
 say, with exception only of the definitive occu- 
 pation of a circumscribed territory. 
 
 One of these elements is an economic one. 
 Even without the intervention of extra-eco- 
 nomic force, there may still develop among 
 herdsmen a sufficiently marked differentiation 
 of property and income. Assuming that, at 
 the start, there was complete equality in the
 
 34 THE STATE 
 
 number of cattle, yet within a short time, the 
 one man may be richer and the other poorer. 
 An especially clever breeder will see his herd 
 increase rapidly, while an especially careful 
 watchman and bold hunter will preserve his 
 from decimation by beasts of prey. The ele- 
 ment of luck also affects the result. One of 
 these herders finds an especially good grazing 
 ground and healthful watering places; the 
 other one loses his entire stock through 
 pestilence, or through a snowfall or a sand- 
 storm. 
 
 Distinctions in fortune quickly bring about 
 class distinctions. The herdsman who has lost 
 all must hire himself to the rich man ; and sink- 
 ing thus under the other, beconje dependent on 
 him. Wherever herdsmen live, from all three 
 parts of the ancient world, we find the same 
 story. Meitzen reports of the Lapps, nomadic 
 in Norway: "Three hundred reindeer sufficed 
 for one family; who owned only a hundred 
 must enter the service of the richer, whose 
 herds ran up to a thousand head." ^ The same 
 writer, speaking of the Central Asiatic No-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 35 
 
 mads, says: "A family required three hun- 
 dred head of cattle for comfort; one hundred 
 head is poverty, followed by a life of debt. 
 The servant must cultivate the lands of the 
 lord." ^ Ratzel reports concerning the Hot- 
 tentots of Africa a form of "commendatio" : 
 "The poor man endeavors to hire himself to the 
 rich man, his only object being to obtain cat- 
 tle." ^ Laveleye, who reports the same cir- 
 cumstances from Ireland, traces the origin and 
 the name of the feudal system (systeme 
 feodal) to the loaning of cattle by the rich to 
 the poor members of the tribe; accordingly, a 
 *'fee-od" (owning of cattle) was the first feud 
 whereby so long as the debt existed the mag- 
 nate bound the small owner to himself as "his 
 man." 
 
 We can only hint at the methods whereby, 
 even in peaceable associations of herdsmen, this 
 economic and consequent social differentiation 
 may have been furthered by the connection of 
 the patriarchate with the offices of supreme and 
 sacrificial priesthood if the wase old men used 
 cleverly the superstition of their clan associ-
 
 36 THE STATE 
 
 ates. But this differentiation, so long as it is 
 unaffected by the political means, operates 
 within very modest bounds. Cleverness and 
 efficiency are not hereditary with any degree 
 of certainty. The largest herd will be split 
 up if many heirs grow up in one tent, and for- 
 tune is tricky. In our own day, the richest 
 man among the Lapps of Sweden, in the short- 
 est possible time, has been reduced to such com- 
 plete poverty that the government has had to 
 support him. All these causes bring it about 
 that the original condition of economic and 
 social equality is always approximately re- 
 stored. "The more peaceable, aboriginal, and 
 genuine the nomad is, the smaller are the tan- 
 gible differences of possession. It is touching 
 to note the pleasure with which an old prince 
 of the Tsaidam Mongols accepts his tribute or 
 gift, consisting of a handful of tobacco, a piece 
 of sugar, and twenty-five kopeks." ® 
 
 This equality is destroyed permanently and 
 in greater degree by the political means. 
 "Where war is carried on and booty acquired, 
 greater differences arise, which find their ex-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 37 
 
 pression in the ownership of slaves, women, 
 arms and spirited momits." ^^ 
 
 The ownership of slaves! The nomad is the 
 inventor of slavery, and thereby has created the 
 seedling of the state, the first economic ex- 
 ploitation of man by man. 
 
 The huntsman carries on wars and takes 
 captives. But he does not make them slaves; 
 either he kills them, or else he adopts them into 
 the tribe. Slaves would be of no use to him. 
 The booty of the chase can be stowed away 
 even less than grain can be "capitalized." 
 The idea of using a human being as a labor 
 motor could only come about on an economic 
 plane on which a body of wealth has developed, 
 call it capital, which can be increased only with 
 the assistance of dependent labor forces. 
 
 This stage is first reached by the herdsmen. 
 The forces of one family, lacking outside as- 
 sistance, suffice to hold together a herd of very 
 limited size, and to protect it from attacks of 
 beasts of prey or human enemies. Until the 
 pohtical means is brought into play, auxiliary 
 forces are found very sparingly; such as the
 
 38 THE STATE 
 
 poorer members of the clan already mentioned, 
 together with runaways from foreign tribes, 
 who are f omid all over the world as protected 
 dependents in the suite of the greater owners 
 of herds." In some cases, an entire poor clan 
 of herdsmen enters, half freely, into the service 
 of some rich tribe. "Entire peoples take posi- 
 tions corresponding to their relative wealth. 
 Thus the Tungusen, who are very poor, try to 
 live near the settlements of the Tschuktsches, 
 because they find occupation as herdsmen of 
 the reindeer belonging to the wealthy Tschu- 
 ktsches; they are paid in reindeer. And the 
 subjection of the Ural-Samojedes by the Sir- 
 jaenes came about through the gradual occu- 
 pation of their pasturing grounds." ^^ 
 
 Excepting, however, the last named case, 
 which is already very state-like, the few exist- 
 ing labor forces, without capital, are not suf- 
 ficient to permit the clan to keep very large 
 herds. Furthermore, methods of herding 
 themselves compel division. For a pasture 
 may not, as they say in the Swiss Alps, be 
 "overpushed," that is to say, have too many
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 39 
 
 cattle on it. The danger of losing the entire 
 stock is reduced by the measure in which it is 
 distributed over various pastures. For cattle 
 plagues, storms, etc., can affect only a part; 
 while even the enemy from abroad can not drive 
 off all at once. For that reason, the Hereros, 
 for example, "find every well-to-do owner 
 forced to keep, besides the main herd, several 
 other subsidiary herds. Younger brothers or 
 other near relatives, or in want of these, tried 
 old servants, watch them." ^^ 
 
 For that reason, the developed nomad spares 
 his captured enemy ; he can use him as a slave 
 on his pasture. We may note this transition 
 from killing to enslaving in a customary rite 
 of the Scythians: they offered up at their 
 places of sacrifice one out of every hundred 
 captured enemies. Lippert, who reports this, 
 sees in it "the beginning of a limitation, and 
 the reason thereof is evidently to be found in 
 the value which a captured enemy has acquired 
 by becoming the servant of a tribal herds- 
 man." '' 
 
 With the introduction of slaves into the tri-
 
 40 THE STATE 
 
 bal economy of the herdsmen, the state, in its 
 essential elements, is completed, except that it 
 has not as yet acquired a definitely circum- 
 scribed territorial limit. The state has thus 
 the form of dominion, and its economic basis 
 is the exploitation of human labor. Hence- 
 forth, economic differentiation and the forma- 
 tion of social classes progress rapidly. The 
 herds of the great, wisely divided and better 
 guarded by numerous armed servants than 
 those of the simple freemen, as a rule, main- 
 tain themselves at their original number: 
 thev also increase faster than those of the free- 
 men, since they are augmented by the greater 
 share in the booty which the rich receive, cor- 
 responding to the number of warriors (slaves) 
 which these place in the field. 
 
 Likewise, the office of supreme priest cre- 
 ates an ever-widening cleft which divides the 
 numbers of the clan, all formerly equals; until 
 finally a genuine nobility, the rich descendants 
 of the rich patriarchs, is placed in juxtaposi- 
 tion to the ordinary freemen. "The redskins 
 have also in their progressive organization de-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 41 
 
 veloped no nobility and no slavery,* and in 
 this their organization distinguishes itself most 
 essentially from those of the old world. Both 
 arise from the development of the patriarchate 
 of stock-raising people." ^^ 
 
 Thus we find, with all developed tribes of 
 herdsmen, a social separation into three dis- 
 tinct classes: nobility ("head of the house of 
 his fathers" in the biblical phrase), common 
 freemen and slaves. According to Mommsen, 
 "all Indo- Germanic people have slaveiy as a 
 jural institution." ^^ This applies to the 
 Arians and the Semites of Asia and Africa as 
 well as to the Hamites. Among all the Fulbe 
 of the Sahara, "society is divided into princes, 
 chieftains, commons and slaves." ^^ And we 
 find the same facts everywhere, as a matter of 
 course, wherever slavery is legally established, 
 as among the Hova ^^ and their Polynesian 
 kinsmen, the "Sea Nomads." Human psy- 
 chology under similar circumstances brings 
 
 * This statement of I.ippert is not quite correct. The higher 
 developed domiciled huntsmen and fishermen of Northwest 
 America have both nobles and slaves.
 
 42 THE STATE 
 
 about like conditions, independent of color or 
 race. 
 
 Thus the herdsman gradually becomes ac- 
 customed to earning his livelihood tlirough war- 
 fare, and to the exploitation of men as servile 
 labor motors. And one must admit that his 
 entire mode of life impels him to make more 
 and more use of the "political means." 
 
 He is physically stronger and just as adroit 
 and determined as the primitive huntsman, 
 whose food supply is too irregular to permit 
 him to attain his greatest natural physical de- 
 velopment. The herdsman can, in all cases, 
 grow to his full stature, since he has uninter- 
 rupted nourishment in the milk of his herds 
 and an unfailing supply of meat. This is 
 shown in the Arian horse nomad, no less than 
 in the herdsman of Asia and Africa, e. g., the 
 Zulu. Secondly, tribes of herdsmen increase 
 faster than hordes of hunters. This is so, not 
 only because the adults can obtain much more 
 nourishment from a given territorj'-, but still 
 more because possession of the milk of animals 
 shortens the period of nursing for the mothers,
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 43 
 
 and consequently permits a greater number of 
 children to be born and to grow to maturity. 
 As a consequence, the pastures and steppes of 
 the old world became inexhaustible fountains, 
 which periodically burst their confines letting 
 loose inundations of humanity, so that they 
 came to be called the "vaginae gentium/^ 
 
 Moreover we find a much larger number of 
 armed warriors among herdsmen than among 
 hunters. Each one of these herdsmen is 
 stronger individually, and yet all of them to- 
 gether are at least as mobile as is a horde of 
 huntsmen; while the camel and horse riders 
 among them are incomparably more mobile. 
 This greater mass of the best individual ele- 
 ments is held together by an organization only 
 possible under the sgis of a slave-holding 
 patriarchate accustomed to rule, an organiza- 
 tion prepared and developed by its occupation, 
 and therefore superior to that of the young 
 warriors of the huntsmen sworn to the service 
 of one chief. 
 
 Hunters, it may be observed, work best alone 
 or in small groups. Herdsmen, on the other
 
 44 THE STATE 
 
 hand, move to the best advantage in a great 
 train, in which each individual is best pro- 
 tected; and which is in every sense an armed 
 expedition, where every stopping place be- 
 comes an armed camp. Thus there is de- 
 veloped a science of tactical maneuvers, strict 
 subordination, and firm discipline. "One does 
 not make a mistake," as Ratzel says, "if one 
 accounts as the disciplinary forces in the life 
 of the nomads the order of the tents which, in 
 the same form, exists since most ancient times. 
 Every one and everything here has a definite, 
 traditional place ; hence the speed and order in 
 setting up and in breaking camp, in establish- 
 ment and in rearrangement. It is unheard 
 of that any one without orders, or without the 
 most pressing reason, should change his place. 
 Thanks to this strict discipline, the tents can 
 be packed up and loaded away within the space 
 of an hour." ^^ 
 
 The same tried order, handed down from 
 untold ages, regulates the warlike march of 
 the tribe of herdsmen while on the hunt, in war 
 and in peaceable wandering. Thus they be-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 45 
 
 come professional fighters, irresistible until 
 the state develops higher and mightier or- 
 ganizations. Herdsman and warrior become 
 identical concepts. Ratzel's statement con- 
 cerning the Central Asiatic Nomads applies 
 to them all: "The nomad is, as herdsman, an 
 economic, as warrior, a political concept. It 
 is easy for him to turn from any activit)^ to 
 that of the warrior and robber. Everything 
 in life has for him a pacific and war-like, an 
 honest and robber-like, side; according to cir- 
 cumstances, the one or the other of these phases 
 appears uppermost. Even fishing and navi- 
 gation, at the hands of the East Caspian 
 Turkomans, developed into piracy. . . . The 
 activities of the apparently pacific existence 
 as a herdsman determine those of the warrior; 
 the pastoral crook becomes a fighting imple- 
 ment. In the fall, when the horses return 
 strengthened from the pasture and the second 
 cropping of the sheep is completed, the nomads* 
 minds turn to some feud or robbing expedition 
 (Baranta, literally, to make cattle, to lift cat- 
 tle), adjourned to that time. This is an ex-
 
 46 THE STATE 
 
 pression of the right of self help, which in con- 
 tentions over points of law, or in quarrels af- 
 fecting dignity, or in blood feuds, seeks both 
 requital and surety in the most valuable things 
 that the enemy possesses, namely, the animals 
 of his herd. Young men who have not been 
 on a haranta must first acquire the name hatir, 
 hero, and thus earn the claim to honor and re- 
 spect. The pleasure of ownership joined to 
 the desire for adventure develops the triple 
 descending gradation of avenger, hero and 
 robber." ^^ 
 
 An identical development takes place with 
 the sea nomads, the "Vikings," as with the land 
 nomads. This is quite natural, since in the 
 most important cases noted in the history of 
 mankind, sea nomads are simply land nomads 
 taking to the sea. 
 
 We have noted above one of the innumer- 
 able examples which indicate that the herds- 
 man does not long hesitate to use for maraud- 
 ing expeditions, instead of the horse or the 
 "ship of the desert," the "horses of the sea.'* 
 This case is exemplified by the East Caspian
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 47, 
 
 Turkomans. ^^ Another example is furnished 
 by the Scythians: "From the moment when 
 they learn from their neighbors the art of navi- 
 gating the seas, these wandering herdsmen, 
 whom Homer {Iliad, XIII, 3) calls 'respected 
 horsemen, milk-eaters and poor, the most just 
 of men,' change into daring navigators like 
 their Baltic and Scandinavian brethren. 
 Strabo (Cas., 301) complains: 'Since they 
 have ventured on the sea, carrying on piracy 
 and murdering foreigners, they have become 
 worse; and associating with many peoples, 
 they adopt their petty trading and spendthrift 
 habits.' " ^^ 
 
 If the Phoenicians really were "Semites," 
 they furnish an additional example of incom- 
 parable importance of the transformation of 
 land into "sea Bedouins," i. e., warlike rob- 
 bers; and the same is probably true for the 
 majority of the numerous peoples who looted 
 the rich countries around the Mediterranean, 
 whether from the coast of Asia Minor, Dal- 
 matia, or from the North African shore. 
 These begin from the earliest times, as we see
 
 48 THE STATE 
 
 from the Egyptian monuments (the Greeks 
 were not admitted into Egypt ),-^ and con- 
 tinue to the present day: e. g., the Riff pirates. 
 The North African "Moors," an amalgama- 
 tion of Arabs and of Berbers, both originally 
 land nomads, are perhaps the most celebrated 
 example of this change. 
 
 There are cases in which sea nomads — that 
 is to say, sea robbers — arise immediately 
 from fishermen, with no intermediate herdsman 
 stage. We have already examined the causes 
 which give the herdsmen their superiority over 
 the peasantry: the relatively numerous popu- 
 lation of the horde, combined with an activity 
 which develops courage and quick resolution 
 in the individual, and educates the mass as a 
 whole to tense discipline. All this applies also 
 to fishermen dwelhng on the sea. Rich fishing 
 grounds permit a considerable density of popu- 
 lation, as is shown in the case of the North- 
 west Indians (Tlinkit, etc.) ; these permit also 
 the keeping of slaves, since the slave earns 
 more by fishing than his keep amounts to.
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 49 
 
 Thus we find, here alone among the redskins, 
 slavery developed as an institution; and we 
 find, therefore, along with it, peraianent 
 economic differences among the freemen, which 
 result in a sort of plutocracy similar to that 
 noted among herdsmen. Here, as there, the 
 habit of command over slaves produces the 
 habit of rule and a taste for the "political 
 means." This is favored by the tense disci- 
 pline developed in navigation. "Not the 
 least advantage of fishing in common is found 
 in the discipline of the crews. They must 
 render implicit obedience to a leader chosen in 
 each of the larger fishing boats, since every suc- 
 cess depends upon obedience. The command 
 of a ship afterward facilitates the com- 
 mand of the state. We are accustomed to 
 reckon the Solomon Islanders as complete sav- 
 ages, and yet their life is subject to one solitary 
 element, which combines their forces, namelv, 
 navigation." ^* If the Northwest Indians did 
 not become such celebrated sea robbers as their 
 likes in the old world, this is due to the fact
 
 50 THE STATE 
 
 that the neighborhoods within their reach had 
 developed no rich civiHzation ; but all more de- 
 veloped fishermen carry on piracy. 
 
 For this reason, the Vikings have the same 
 capacity to choose the political means as the 
 basis of their economic existence as have the 
 cattle raiders; and similarly they have been 
 founders of states on a large scale. Here- 
 after, we shall distinguish the states founded 
 by them as "sea states," while the states 
 founded by herdsmen — and in the new world 
 by hunters — will be called "land states." Sea 
 states will be treated extensively when we dis- 
 cuss the consequences of the developed feudal 
 state. As long, however, as we are discussing 
 the development of the state, and the primitive 
 feudal state, we must limit ourselves to the 
 consideration of the land state and leave the 
 sea state out of account. This treatment is 
 convenient, since in all essential things the sea 
 state has the same characteristics, but its de- 
 velopment can not be followed through the 
 various typical stages as can the development 
 of the land state.
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 51 
 
 (d) THE GENESIS OF THE STATE 
 
 The hordes of huntsmen are mcomparably 
 weaker, both in numbers and in the strength of 
 the single fighters, than are the herdsmen with 
 whom they occasionally brush. Naturally 
 they can not withstand the impact. They flee 
 to the highlands and mountains, where the 
 herdsmen have no inclination to follow them, 
 not only because of the physical hardships in- 
 volved, but also because their cattle do not find 
 pasturage there ; or else they enter into a form 
 of cliental relation, as happened often in 
 Africa, especially in very ancient times. 
 When the Hyksos invaded Egypt, such de- 
 pendent huntsmen followed them. The hunts- 
 men usually pay for protection an inconsider- 
 able tribute in the form of spoils of the chase, 
 and are used for reconnoitering and watching. 
 But the huntsman, being a "practical anar- 
 chist," often invites his own destruction rather 
 than submit to regular labor. For these rea- 
 sons, no "state" ever arose from such contact. 
 
 The peasants fight as undisciplined levies.
 
 52 THE STATE 
 
 and with their single combatants undisciplined ; 
 so that, in the long run, even though they are 
 strong in numbers, they are no more able than 
 are the hunters to withstand the charge of 
 the heavily armed herdsmen. But the peas- 
 antry do not flee. The peasant is attached to 
 his ground, and has been used to regular work. 
 He remains, yields to subjection, and pays 
 tribute to his conqueror; that is the genesis of 
 the land states in the old world. 
 
 In the new world, where the larger herding 
 animals, cattle, horses, camels, were not indig- 
 enous, we find that instead of the herdsman 
 the hunter is the conqueror of the peasant, 
 because of his infinitely superior adroitness in 
 the use of arms and in military discipline. "In 
 the old world we found that the contrast of 
 herdsmen and peasants developed civilization; 
 in the new world the contrast is between the 
 sedentary and the roving tribes. Th.e Tol- 
 tecks, devoted to agriculture, fought wild 
 tribes (with a highly developed military 
 organization) breaking in from the north, as 
 endlessly as did Iran with Turan." ^^
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 53 
 
 This applies not only to Peru and Mexico, 
 but to all America, a strong ground for the 
 opinion that the fundamental basis of civiliza- 
 tion is the same all over the world, its develop- 
 ment being consistent and regular under the 
 most varied economic and geographical condi- 
 tions. Wherever opportunity offers, and man 
 possesses the power, he prefers poMtical to 
 economic means for the presei*vation of his 
 life. And perhaps this is true not alone of 
 man, for, according to Maeterlinck's Life of 
 the Bees, a swarm which has once made the 
 experiment of obtaining honey from a foreign 
 hive, by robbery instead of by tedious building, 
 is thenceforth spoiled for the "economic 
 means." From working bees, robber bees have 
 developed. 
 
 Leaving out of account the state formations 
 of the new world, which have no great signifi- 
 cance in universal history, the cause of the 
 genesis of all states is the contrast between 
 peasants and herdsmen, between laborers and 
 robbers, between bottom lands and prairies. 
 RatzeL regarding sociology from the geo-
 
 54 THE STATE 
 
 graphical view-point, expresses this cleverly: 
 "It must be remembered that nomads do not 
 always destroy the opposing civilization of the 
 settled folk. This applies not only to tribes, 
 but also to states, even to those of some might. 
 The war-like character of the nomads is a 
 great factor in the creation of states. It finds 
 expression in the immense nations of Asia con- 
 trolled by nomad dynasties and nomad armies, 
 such as Persia, ruled by the Turks; China, 
 conquered and governed by the Mongols and 
 Manchus; and in the Mongol and Radjaputa 
 states of India, as well as in the states on 
 the border of the Soudan, where the amal- 
 gamation of the formerly hostile elements has 
 not yet developed so far, although they are 
 joined together by mutual benefit. In no 
 place is it shown so clearly as here on the 
 border of the nomad and peasant peoples, that 
 the great workings of the impulse making for 
 civilization on the part of the nomads are not 
 the result of civilizing activity, but of war-like 
 exploits at first detrimental to pacific work. 
 Their importance lies in the capacity of the
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 65 
 
 nomads to hold together the sedentary races 
 who otherwise would easily fall apart. This, 
 however, does not exclude their learning much 
 from their subjects. . . . Yet all these in- 
 dustrious and clever folk did not have and 
 could not have the will and the power to rule, 
 .the mihtary spirit, and the sense for the order 
 and subordination that befits a state. For this 
 reason, the desert-born lords of the Soudan rule 
 over their negro folk just as the Manchus rule 
 .their Chinese subjects. This takes place pur- 
 suant to a law, valid from Timbuctoo to 
 Pekin, whereby advantageous state formations 
 arise in rich peasant lands adjoining a wide 
 prairie; where a high material culture of 
 .sedentary peoples is violently subjugated to 
 the service of prairie dwellers having energy, 
 war-like capacity, and desire to rule." ^^ 
 
 In the genesis of the state, from the subjec- 
 -tion of a peasant folk by a tribe of herdsmen or 
 by sea nomads, six stages may be distinguished. 
 In the following discussion it should not be 
 assumed that the actual historical develop- 
 ment must, in each particular case, climb the
 
 56 THE STATE 
 
 entire scale step by step. Although, even 
 here, the argument does not depend upon bare 
 theoretical construction, since every particular 
 stage is found in numerous examples, both in 
 the world's history and in ethnology, and there 
 are states which have apparently progressed 
 through them all. But there are many more 
 .which have skipped one or more of these stages. 
 The first stage comprises robbery and kill- 
 ing in border fights, endless combats broken 
 neither by peace nor by armistice. It is 
 marked by killing of men, carrying away of 
 children and women, looting of herds, and 
 burning of dwellings. Even if the offenders 
 are defeated at first, they return in stronger 
 and stronger bodies, impelled by the duty of 
 blood feud. Sometimes the peasant group 
 may assemble, may organize its militia, and 
 perhaps temporarily defeat the nimble enemy; 
 but mobilization is too slow and supplies to be 
 brought into the desert too costly for the peas- 
 ants. The peasants' militia does not, as does 
 the enemy, carry its stock of food — its herds — 
 with it into the field. In Southwest Africa the
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 57 
 
 Germans recently experienced the difficulties 
 which a well-disciplined and superior force, 
 equipped with a supply train, with a railway 
 reaching back to its base of supply, and with 
 the miUions of the German Empire behind it, 
 may have with a handful of herdsmen war- 
 riors, who were able to give the Germans a 
 decided setback. In the case of primitive 
 levies, this difficulty is increased by the narrow 
 spirit of the peasant, who considers only his 
 own neighborhood, and by the fact that while 
 the war is going on the lands are uncultivated. 
 Therefore, in such cases, in the long run, the 
 small but compact and easily mobilized body 
 constantly defeats the greater disjointed mass, 
 as the panther triumphs over the buffalo. 
 
 This is the first stage in the formation of 
 .states. The state may remain stationary at 
 this point for centuries, for a thousand years. 
 The following is a thoroughly characteristic 
 example : 
 
 "Every range of a Turkoman tribe formerly 
 bordered upon a wide belt which might be 
 designated as its 'looting district/ Every-
 
 58 THE STATE 
 
 thing north and east of Chorassan, though 
 nominally under Persian dominion, has for 
 decades belonged more to the Turkomans, 
 Jomudes, Goklenes, and other tribes of the 
 bordering plains, than to the Persians. The 
 Tekinzes, in a similar manner, looted all the 
 stretches from Kiwa to Bokhara, until other 
 Turkoman tribes were successfully rounded 
 up either by force or by corruption to act as 
 a buffer. Numberless further instances can 
 be found in the history of the chain of oases 
 which extends between Eastern and Western 
 Asia directly through the steppes of its cen- 
 tral part, where since ancient times the 
 Chinese have exercised a predominant influ- 
 ence through their possession of all important 
 strategic centers, such as the Oasis of Chami. 
 The nomads, breaking through from north 
 and south, constantly tried to land on these 
 islands of fertile ground, which to them must 
 have appeared like Islands of the Blessed. 
 And every horde, whether laden down with 
 booty or fleeing after defeat, was protected by 
 the plains. Although the most immediate
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 50 
 
 threats were averted by the continued weaken- 
 ing of the Mongols, and the actual dominion of 
 Thibet, yet the last insurrection of the Dun- 
 ganes showed how easily the waves of a mobile 
 tribe break over these islands of civilization. 
 Only after the destruction of the nomads, im- 
 possible as long as there are open plains in 
 Central Asia, can their existence be definitely 
 secured." ^'^ 
 
 The entire history of the old world is replete 
 with well-known instances of mass expeditions, 
 which must be assigned to the first stage of 
 state development, inasmuch as they were 
 intent, not upon conquest, but directly on loot- 
 ing. Western Europe suffered through these 
 expeditions at the hands of the Celts, Germans, 
 Huns, Avars, Arabs, Magyars, Tartars, Mon- 
 golians and Turks by land; while the Vikings 
 and the Saracens harassed it on the waterways. 
 These hordes inundated entire continents far 
 beyond the hmits of their accustomed looting 
 ground. They disappeared, returned, were 
 absorbed, and left behind them onlv wasted 
 lands. In many cases, however, they advanced
 
 60 THE STATE 
 
 in some part of the inundated district directly 
 to the sixth and last stage of state formation, 
 in cases namely, where they established a per- 
 manent dominion over the peasant population. 
 Ratzel describes these mass migrations ex- 
 cellently in the following: 
 
 "The expeditions of the great hordes of 
 nomads contrast with this movement, drop by 
 drop and step by step, since they overflow 
 with tremendous power, especially Central 
 Asia and all neighboring countries. The 
 nomads of this district, as of Arabia and 
 Northern Africa, unite mobility in their way of 
 life with an organization holding together their 
 entire mass for one single object. It seems to 
 be a characteristic of the nomads that they 
 easily develop despotic power and far-reach- 
 ing might from the patriarchal cohesion of the 
 tribe. Mass governments thereby come into 
 being, which compare with other movements 
 among men in the same way that swollen 
 streams compare with the steady but diffused 
 flow of a tributary. The history of China, 
 India, and Persia, no less than that of Europe,
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 61 
 
 shows their historical importance. Just as 
 they moved about on their ranges with their 
 wives and children, slaves and carts, herds and 
 all their paraphernaha, so they inundated the 
 borderlands. While this ballast may have de- 
 prived them of speed it increased their mo- 
 mentum. The frightened inhabitants were 
 driven before them, and like a wave they rolled 
 over the conquered countries, absorbing their 
 wealth. Since they carried everything with 
 them, their new abodes were equipped with all 
 their possessions, and thus their final settle- 
 ments were of an ethnograj)hic importance. 
 After this manner, the Magyars flooded Hun- 
 gary, the Manchus invaded China, the Turks, 
 the countries from Persia to the Adriatic." ^^ 
 
 What has been said here of Hamites, Sem- 
 ites and Mongolians, may be said also, at least 
 in part, of the Arian tribes of herdsmen. It 
 applies also to the true negroes, at least to 
 those who live entirely from their herds: 
 "The mobile, warlike tribes of the Kafirs pos- 
 sess a power of expansion which needs only 
 an enticing object in order to attain violent
 
 62 THE STATE 
 
 effects and to overturn the ethnologic relations 
 of vast districts. Eastern Africa offers such 
 an object. Here the climate did not forbid 
 stock raising, as in the countries of the interior, 
 and did not paralyze from the start, the power 
 of impact of the nomads, while nevertheless 
 numerous peaceable agricultural peoples found 
 room for their development. Wandering 
 tribes of Kafirs poured like devastating 
 streams into the fruitful lands of the Zambesi, 
 and up to the highlands between the Tan- 
 ganyika and the coast. Here they met the 
 advance guard of the Watusi, a wave of 
 Hamite eruption, coming from the north. 
 The former inhabitants of these districts were 
 either exterminated, or as serfs cultivated the 
 lands which they formerly owned ; or they still 
 continued to fight ; or again, they remained un- 
 disturbed in settlements left on one side by the 
 stream of conquest." ^^ 
 
 All this has taken place before our eyes. 
 Some of it is still going on. During many 
 thousands of years it has "jarred all Eastern 
 Africa from the Zambesi to the Mediter-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 63 
 
 ranean." The incursion of the Hyksos, 
 whereby for over five hundred years Egypt 
 was subject to the shepherd tribes of the east- 
 ern and northern deserts — "kinsmen of the 
 peoples who up to the present day herd their 
 stock between the Nile and the Red Sea" ^^ — ■ 
 is the first authenticated foundation of a state. 
 These states were followed by many others 
 both in the country of the Nile itself, and 
 farther southward, as far as the Empire of 
 Muata Jamvo on the southern rim of the cen- 
 tral Congo district, which Portuguese traders 
 in Angola reported as early as the end of the 
 sixteenth century, and down to the Empire 
 of Uganda, which only in our own day has 
 finally succumbed to the superior military or- 
 ganization of Europe. "Desert land and 
 civilization never lie peaceably alongside one 
 another ; but their battles are all alike and full 
 of repetitions." ^^ 
 
 "Alike and full of repetitions" ! That may 
 be said of universal history on its basic lines. 
 The human ego in its fundamental aspect is 
 much the same all the world over. It acts uni-
 
 64 THE STATE 
 
 formly, in obedience to the same influences of 
 its environment, with races of all colors, in all 
 parts of the earth, in the tropics as in the tem- 
 perate zones. One must step back far enough 
 and choose a point of view so high that the 
 variegated aspect of the details does not hide 
 the great movements of the mass. In such a 
 case, our eye misses the "mode" of fighting, 
 wandering, laboring humanity, while its "sub- 
 stance," ever similar, ever new, ever enduring 
 through change, reveals itself under uniform 
 
 laws. 
 
 Gradually, from this first stage, there de- 
 velops the second, in which the peasant, 
 through thousands of unsuccessful attempts at 
 revolt, has accepted his fate and has ceased 
 every resistance. About this time, it begins 
 to dawn on the consciousness of the wild herds- 
 man that a murdered peasant can no longer 
 plow, and that a fruit tree hacked down will 
 no longer bear. In his own interest, then, 
 wherever it is possible, he lets the peasant live 
 and the tree stand. The expedition of the 
 herdsmen comes just as before, every member
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 65 
 
 "bristling with arms, but no longer intending 
 nor expecting war and violent appropriation. 
 The raiders burn and kill only so far as is 
 necessary to enforce a wholesome respect, or 
 to break an isolated resistance. But in gen- 
 eral, principally in accordance with a develop- 
 ing customary right — the first germ of the 
 development of all public law — the herdsman 
 now appropriates only the surplus of the peas- 
 ant. That is to say, he leaves the peasant his 
 house, his gear and his provisions up to the 
 next crop.* The herdsman in the first stage 
 is like the bear, who for the purpose of robbing 
 the beehive, destroys it. In the second stage 
 he is like the bee-keeper, who leaves the bees 
 enough honey to carry them through the 
 winter. 
 
 Great is the progress between the first stage 
 and the second. Long is the forward step, 
 
 * Ratzel, 1. c. II, page 393, in speaking of the Arabs says: 
 "The difficulty of nourishing slaves makes it impossible to 
 keep them. Vast populations are kept in subjection and de- 
 prived of everj^thing beyond the necessaries for maintaining 
 lif& They turn entire oases into demesne lands, visited at the 
 harvest time in order to rob the inhabitants; a domination 
 characteristic of the desert."
 
 66 THE STATE 
 
 both economically and politically. In the be- 
 ginning, as we have seen, the acquisition by 
 the tribe of herdsmen was purely an occupy- 
 ing one. Regardless of consequences, they de- 
 stroyed the source of future wealth for the en- 
 joyment of the moment. Henceforth the ac- 
 quisition becomes economical, because all 
 economy is based on wise housekeeping, or in 
 other words, on restraining the enjoyment of 
 the moment in view of the needs of the future. 
 The herdsman has learned to "capitalize." It 
 is a vast step forward in politics when an ut- 
 terly strange human being, prey heretofore 
 like the wild animals, obtains a value and is 
 recognized as a source of wealth. Although 
 this is the beginning of all slavery, subjuga- 
 tion, and exploitation, it is at the same time 
 the genesis of a higher form of society, that 
 reaches out beyond the family based upon 
 blood relationship. We saw how, between the 
 robbers and the robbed, the first threads of a 
 jural relation were spun across the cleft which 
 separated those who had heretofore been only 
 *'mortal enemies." The peasant thus obtains
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 67 
 
 a semblance of right to the bare necessaries of 
 life; so that it comes to be regarded as wrong 
 to kill an unresisting man or to strip him of 
 everything. 
 
 And better than this, gradually more deli- 
 cate and softer threads are woven into a net 
 very thin as yet, but which, nevertheless, brings 
 about more human relations than the cus- 
 tomary arrangement of the division of spoils. 
 Since the herdsmen no longer meet the peas- 
 ants in combat only, they are likely now to 
 grant a respectful request, or to remedy a well 
 grounded grievance. "The categorical im- 
 perative" of equity, "Do to others as you 
 would have them do unto you," had heretofore 
 ruled the herdsmen only in their dealings with 
 their own tribesmen and kind. Now for the 
 first time it begins to speak, shyly whispering 
 in behalf of those who are alien to blood re- 
 lationship. In this, we find the germ of that 
 magnificent process of external amalgamation 
 which, out of small hordes, has formed nations 
 and unions of nations ; and which, in the future 
 is to give life to the concept of "humanity."
 
 68 THE STATE 
 
 We find also the germ of the internal unifica^ 
 tion of tribes once separated, from which, in 
 place of the hatred of "barbarians," will come 
 the all comprising love of hmnanity, of Chris- 
 tianity and Buddhism. 
 
 The moment when first the conqueror- 
 spared his victim in order permanently to ex- 
 ploit him in productive work, was of incom- 
 parable historical importance. It gave birth 
 to nation and state, to right and the higher 
 economics, with all the developments and rami- 
 fications which have grown and which will 
 hereafter grow out of them. The root of 
 everything human reaches down into the dark 
 soil of the animal — love and art, no less than 
 state, justice and economics. 
 
 Still another tendency knots yet more closely 
 these psychic relations. To return to the com- 
 parison of the herdsman and the bear, there are 
 in the desert, beside the bear who guards the 
 bees, other bears who also lust after honey. 
 But our tribe of herdsmen blocks their way, 
 and protects its beehives by force of arms. 
 The peasants become accustomed, when dan-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 69 
 
 ger threatens, to call on the herdsmen, whom 
 they no longer regard as robbers and murder- 
 ers, but as protectors and saviors. Imagine 
 the joy of the peasants when the returning 
 band of avengers brings back to the village the 
 looted women and children, with the enemies' 
 heads or scalps. These ties are no longer 
 threads, but strong and knotted bands. 
 
 Here is one of the principal forces of that 
 ''integration," whereby in the further develop- 
 ment, those originally not of the same blood, 
 and often enough of different groups speak- 
 ing different languages, will in the end be 
 welded together into one people, with one 
 speech, one custom, and one feeling of nation- 
 ality. This unity grows by degrees from com- 
 mon suffering and need, common victory 
 and defeat, common rejoicing and common 
 sorrow. A new and vast domain is open when 
 master and slave serve the same interests ; then 
 arises a stream of sympathy, a sense of com- 
 mon service. Both sides apprehend, and 
 gradually recognize, each other's common hu- 
 manity. Gradually the points of similarity
 
 70 THE STATE 
 
 are sensed, in place of the differences in build 
 and apparel, of language and religion, which 
 had heretofore brought about only antipathy 
 and hatred. Gradually they learn to under- 
 stand one another, first through a common 
 speech, and then through a common mental 
 habit. The net of the psychical inter-rela- 
 tions becomes stronger. 
 
 In this second stage of the formation of 
 states, the ground work, in its essentials, has 
 been mapped out. 'No further step can be 
 compared in importance to the transition 
 whereby the bear becomes a bee-keeper. For 
 this reason, short references must suffice. 
 
 The third stage arrives when the "surplus" 
 obtained by the peasantry is brought by them 
 regularly to the tents of the herdsmen as "trib- 
 ute," a regulation which affords to both 
 parties self-evident and considerable advan- 
 tages. By this means, the peasantry is re- 
 lieved entirely from the little irregularities 
 connected with the former method of taxation, 
 such as a few men knocked on the head, women 
 violated, or farmhouses burned down. The
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 71 
 
 herdsmen on the other hand, need no longer 
 apply to this "business" any "expense" and 
 labor, to use a mercantile expression ; and they 
 devote the time and energy thus set free to- 
 ward an "extension of the works," in other 
 words, to subjugating other peasants. 
 
 This form of tribute is found in many well- 
 known instances in history: Huns, Magyars, 
 Tartars, Turks, have derived their largest in- 
 come from their European tributes. Some- 
 times the character of the tribute paid by the 
 subjects to their master is more or less blurred, 
 and the act assumes the guise of payment for 
 protection, or indeed, of a subvention. The 
 tale is well known whereby Attila was pic- 
 tured by the weakling emperor at Constanti- 
 nople as a vassal prince; while the tribute he 
 paid to the Hun appeared as a fee. 
 
 The fourth stage, once more, is of very great 
 importance, since it adds the decisive factor in 
 the development of the state, as we are accus- 
 tomed to see it, namely, the union on one strip 
 of land of both ethnic groups.* (It is well 
 
 * There is apparently in the case of the Fulbe, a transition
 
 72 THE STATE 
 
 known that no jural definition of a state can 
 be arrived at without the concept of state terri- 
 tory.) From now on, the relation of the two 
 groups, which was originally international, 
 gradually becomes more and more intra- 
 national. 
 
 This territorial union may be caused by 
 foreign influences. It may be that stronger 
 hordes have crowded the herdsmen forward, or 
 that their increase in population has reached 
 the limit set by the nutritive capacity of the 
 steppes or prairies; it may be that a great 
 cattle plague has forced the herdsmen to ex- 
 stage between the first three stages and the fourth, in which 
 dominion is exercised half internationally and half intra- 
 nationally. According to Ratzel (1. c. II, page 419): 
 "Like a cuttle-fish, the conquering race stretches niunerous 
 arms hither and thither among the terrified aborigines, whose 
 lack of cohesion afi'ords plenty of gaps. Thus the Fulbe 
 are slowly flowing into the Benue countries and quite grad- 
 ually permeating them. Later observers have thus quite rightly 
 abstained from assigning definite boundaries. There are many 
 scattered Fulbe localities which look to a particular place as 
 their center and as the center of their power. Thus Muri 
 is the capital of the numerous Fulbe settlements scattered 
 about the Middle Benue, and the position of Gola is similar 
 in the Adamawa district. As yet there are no proper king- 
 doms with defined frontiers against each other and against 
 independent tribes. Even these capitals are in other respects 
 still far from being firmly settled."
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 73 
 
 change the unhmited scope of the prairies for 
 the narrows of some river valley. In general, 
 however, internal causes alone suffice to bring 
 it about that the herdsmen stay in the neigh- 
 borhood of their peasants. The duty of pro- 
 tecting their tributaries against other "bears" 
 forces them to keep a levy of young warriors in 
 the neighborhood of their subjects; and this 
 is at the same time an excellent measure of de- 
 fense since it prevents the peasants from giv- 
 ing way to a desire to break their bonds, or to 
 let some other herdsmen become their over- 
 lords. This latter occurrence is by no means 
 rare, since, if tradition is correct, it is the means 
 whereby the sons of Rurik came to Russia. 
 
 As yet the local juxtaposition does not mean 
 a state community in its narrowest sense; that 
 is to say, a unital organization. 
 
 In case the herdsmen are dealing with ut- 
 terly unwarlike subjects, they carry on their 
 nomad life, peaceably wandering up and down 
 and herding their cattle among their perioike 
 and helots. This is the case with the light- 
 colored Wahuma,^^ "the handsomest men of
 
 74 THE STATE 
 
 the world" (Kandt), in Central Africa, or the 
 Tuareg clan of the Hadanara of the Asgars, 
 "who have taken up their seats among the Im- 
 rad and have become wandering freebooters. 
 These Imrad are the serving class of the As- 
 gars, who live on them, although the Imrad 
 could put into the field ten times as many war- 
 riors; the situation is analogous to that of the 
 Spartans in relation to their Helots." ^^ The 
 same may be said of the Teda among the 
 neighboring Borku: "Just as the land is di- 
 vided into a semi-desert supporting the no- 
 mads, and gardens with date groves, so the 
 population is divided between nomads and set- 
 tled folk. Although about equal in number, 
 ten to twelve thousand altogether, it goes with- 
 out saying that these latter are subject to the 
 others." ^^ 
 
 And the same applies to the entire group of 
 herdsmen known as the Galla Masi and Wa- 
 huma. "Although differences in possessions 
 are considerable, they have few slaves, as a 
 serving class. These are represented by 
 peoples of a lower caste, who live separate and
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 75 
 
 apart from them. It is herdsmanship which is 
 the basis of the family, of the state, and along 
 with these of the principle of political evolu- 
 tion. In this wide territory, between Scehoa 
 and its southernmost boundaries, on the one 
 hand, and Zanzibar on the other, there is found 
 no strong political power, in spite of the highly 
 developed social articulation." ^^ 
 
 In case the country is not adapted to herd- 
 ing cattle on a large scale — as was universally 
 the case in Western Europe — or where a less 
 unwarlike population might make attempts at 
 insurrection, the crowd of lords becomes more 
 or less permanently settled, taking either steep 
 places or strategically important points for 
 their camps, castles, or towns. From these 
 centers, they control their "subjects," mainly 
 for the purpose of gathering their tribute, pay- 
 ing no attention to them in other respects. 
 They let them administer their affairs, carry 
 on their religious worship, settle their disputes, 
 and adjust their methods of internal economy. 
 Their autochthonous constitution, their local 
 officials, are, in fact, not interfered ^vith.
 
 76 THE STATE 
 
 If Frants Buhl reports correctly, that was 
 the beginning of the rule of the Israelites in 
 Canaan.^^ Abyssinia, that great military 
 force, though at the first glance it may appear 
 to be a fully developed state, does not, how- 
 ever, seem to have advanced beyond the fourth 
 stage. At least Ratzel states: "The prin- 
 cipal care of the Abyssinians consists in the 
 tribute, in which they follow the method of 
 oriental monarchs in olden and modern times, 
 which is not to interfere with the internal man- 
 agement and administration of justice of their 
 subject peoples." ^"^ 
 
 The best example of the fourth stage is 
 found in the situation in ancient Mexico before 
 the Spanish conquest: "The confederation 
 under the leadership of the Mexicans had 
 somewhat more progressive ideas of conquest. 
 Only those tribes were wiped out that offered 
 resistance. In other cases, the vanquished 
 were merely plundered, and then required to 
 pay tribute. The defeated tribe governed it- 
 self just as before, through its own officials. 
 It was different in Peru, where the formation
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 77 
 
 of a compact empire followed the first attack. 
 In Mexico, intimidation and exploitation were 
 the only aims of the conquest. And so it came 
 about that the so-called Empire of Mexico at 
 the time of the conquest represented merely a 
 group of intimidated Indian tribes, whose fed- 
 eration with one another was prevented by 
 their fear of plundering expeditions from some 
 unassailable fort in their midst." ^^ It will be 
 observed that one can not speak of this as a 
 state in any proper sense. Ratzel shows this 
 in the note following the above : "It is certain 
 that the various points held in subjection by 
 the warriors of Montezuma were separated 
 from one another by stretches of territory not 
 yet conquered. A condition very like the rule 
 of the Hova in Madagascar. One would not 
 say that scattering a few garrisons, or better 
 still, military colonies, over the land, is a mark 
 of absolute dominion, since these colonies, with 
 great trouble, maintain a strip of a few miles 
 in subjection." ^^ 
 
 The logic of events presses quickly from the 
 fourth to the fifth stage, and fashions almost
 
 78 THE STATE 
 
 completely the full state. Quarrels arise be- 
 tween neighboring villages or clans, which the 
 lords no longer permit to be fought out, since 
 by this the capacity of the peasants for service 
 would be impaired. The lords assume the 
 right to arbitrate, and in case of need, to en- 
 force their judgment. In the end, it happens 
 that at each "court" of the village king or chief 
 of the clan there is an official deputy who ex- 
 ercises the power, while the chiefs are per- 
 mitted to retain the appearance of authority. 
 The state of the Incas shows, in a primitive 
 condition, a typical example of this arrange- 
 ment. 
 
 Here we find the Incas united at Cuzco 
 where they had their patrimonial lands and 
 dwellings.*^ A representative of the Incas, the 
 Tucricuc, however, resided in every district at 
 the court of the native chieftain. He " had 
 supervision over all affairs of his district; he 
 raised the troops, superintended the delivery 
 of the tribute, ordered the forced labor on 
 roads and bridges, superintended the adminis-
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 79 
 
 tration of justice, and in short supervised 
 everything in his district." ^^ 
 
 The same institutions which have been de- 
 veloped by American huntsmen and Semite 
 shepherds are found also among African 
 herdsmen. In Ashanti, the system of the Tuc- 
 ricuc has been developed in a typical fashion ; *^ 
 and the Dualla have established for their sub- 
 jects living in segregated villages "an institu- 
 tion based on conquest midway between a 
 feudal system and slavery." ^^ The same 
 author reports that the Barotse have a consti- 
 tution corresponding to the earliest stage of 
 the mediaeval feudal organization : "Their vil- 
 lages are ... as a rule surrounded by a cir- 
 cle of hamlets where their serfs live. These 
 till the fields of their lords in the immediate 
 neighborhood, grow grain, or herd the 
 cattle." ^^ The only thing that is not typical 
 here consists in this, that the lords do not live 
 in isolated castles or halls, but are settled in 
 villages among their subjects. 
 
 It is only a very small step from the Incas to
 
 80 THE STATE 
 
 the Dorians in Lacedasmon, Messenia, or 
 Crete; and no greater distance separates the 
 Fulbe, Dualla and Barotse from the compar- 
 atively rigidly organized feudal states of the 
 African Negi'o Empires of Uganda, Unyoro, 
 etc. ; and the corresponding feudal empires of 
 Eastern and Western Europe and of all Asia. 
 In all places, the same results are brought 
 about by force of the same socio-psychological 
 causes. The necessity of keeping the subjects 
 in order and at the same time of maintaining 
 them at their full capacity for labor, leads step 
 by step from the fifth to the sixth stage, in 
 which the state, by acquiring full intra-nation- 
 ality and by the evolution of "Nationality," is 
 developed in every sense. The need becomes 
 more and more frequent to interfere, to allay 
 difficulties, to punish, or to coerce obedience; 
 and thus develop the habit of rule and the 
 usages of government. The two groups, sep- 
 arated, to begin with, and then united on one 
 territory, are at first merely laid alongside one 
 another, then are scattered through one an- 
 other like a mechanical mixture, as the term is
 
 GENESIS OF THE STATE 81 
 
 used in chemistry, until gradually they become 
 more and more of a "chemical combination." 
 They intermingle, unite, amalgamate to unity, 
 in customs and habits, in speech and worship. 
 Soon the bonds of relationship unite the upper 
 and the lower strata. In nearly all cases the 
 master class picks the handsomest virgins from 
 the subject races for its concubines. A race 
 of bastards thus develops, sometimes taken 
 into the ruling class, sometimes rejected, and 
 then because of the blood of the masters in 
 their veins, becoming the born leaders of the 
 subject race. In form and in content the 
 primitive state is completed.
 
 CHAPTER III 
 
 THE PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 
 (a) THE FORM OF DOMINION 
 
 Its form is domination; the dominion of a 
 small warlike minority, interrelated and 
 closely allied, over a definitely bounded terri- 
 tory and its cultivators. Gradually, custom 
 develops some form of law in accordance with 
 which this dominion is exercised. This law 
 regulates the rights of primacy and the claims 
 of the lords, and the duty of obedience and of 
 service on the part of the subjects, in such wise 
 that the capacity of the peasants for render- 
 ing service is not impaired. This word, praes- 
 tationsfaehigkeit, dates from the reforms of 
 Frederick the Great. The "bee-keepership," 
 therefore, is governed by the law of custom. 
 The duty of paying and working on the part. 
 
 of the peasants corresponds to the duty of pre- 
 ss
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 83 
 
 tection on the part of the lords, who ward off 
 exactions of their own companions, as well as 
 defend the peasants from the attacks of for- 
 eign enemies. 
 
 Although this is one part of the content of 
 the state concept, there is another, which in the 
 beginning is of much greater magnitude; the 
 idea of economic exploitation, the political 
 means for the satisfaction of needs. The 
 peasant surrenders a portion of the product of 
 his labor, without any equivalent service in re- 
 turn. ''In the beginning was the ground 
 rent'' 
 
 The forms under which the ground rent is 
 collected or consumed vary. In some cases, 
 the lords, as a closed union or community, are 
 settled in some fortified camp and consume as 
 communists the tribute of their peasantry. 
 This is the situation in the state of the Inca. 
 In some cases, each individual warrior-noble 
 has a definite strip of land assigned to him : but 
 generally the produce of this is still, as in 
 Sparta, consumed in the "syssitia," by class 
 associates and companions in arms. In some
 
 84 THE STATE 
 
 cases, the landed nobility scatters over the 
 entire territory, each man housed with his 
 following in his fortified castle, and consum- 
 ing, each for himself, the produce of his do- 
 minion or lands. As yet these nobles have not 
 become landlords, in the sense that they ad- 
 minister their property. Each of them re- 
 ceives tribute from the labor of his dependents, 
 whom he neither guides nor supervises. This 
 is the type of the mediseval dominion in the 
 lands of the Germanic nobility. Finally, the 
 knight becomes the owner and administrator 
 of the knight's fee.* His former serfs de- 
 velop into the laborers on his plantation, and 
 the tribute now appears as the profit of the 
 entrepreneur. This is the type of the earliest 
 capitalist enterprise of modern times, the ex- 
 ploitation of large territories in the lands east 
 of the Elbe, formerly occupied by Slavs and 
 
 * Rittergutshesitz is the ultimate molecule of the Ger- 
 man feudal system, a non-urban territory, approximating the 
 concept of knight's fee in the Angevin fiscal legislation; in 
 modern Germanic law, the possession of an acreage, alienable 
 only as an entity, and by recent legislation, alienable to non- 
 nobles, but subject to and capable oi certain exceptions in 
 law not inhering in other forms of real estate. — Translator.
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 85 
 
 later colonized by Germans. Numerous tran- 
 sitions lead from one stage to the other. 
 
 But always, in its essence, is the "State" the 
 same. Its purpose, in every case, is found to 
 be the political means for the satisfaction of 
 needs. At first, its method is by exacting a 
 ground rent, so long as there exists no trade 
 activity the products of which can be appro- 
 priated. Its form, in every case, is that of 
 dominion, whereby exploitation is regarded as 
 "justice," maintained as a "constitution," in- 
 sisted on strictly, and in case of need en- 
 forced with cruelty. And yet, in these ways, 
 the absolute right of the conqueror becomes 
 narrowed within the confines of law, for 
 the sake of permitting the continuous acquisi- 
 tion of ground rents. The duty of furnishing 
 supplies on the part of the subjects is limited 
 by their right to maintain themselves in good 
 condition. The right of taxation on the part 
 of the lords is supplemented by their duty to 
 afford protection within and without the state 
 — security under the law and defense of the 
 frontier.
 
 86 THE STATE 
 
 At this point, the primitive state is com- 
 pletely developed in all its essentials. It has 
 passed the embryonic condition; v^^hatever fol- 
 lows can be only phenomena of growth. 
 
 As compared with unions of families, the 
 state represents, doubtless, a much higher 
 species ; since the state embraces a greater mass 
 of men, in closer articulation, more capable 
 of conquering nature and of warding off 
 enemies. It changes the half playful occupa- 
 tions of men into strict methodic labor, and 
 thus brings untold misery to innumerable gen- 
 erations yet unborn. Henceforth, these must 
 eat their bread in the sweat of their brow, 
 since the golden age of the free community of 
 blood relations has been followed by the iron 
 rule of state dominion. But the state, by dis- 
 covering labor in its proper sense, starts in this 
 world that force which alone can bring about 
 the golden age on a much higher plane of eth- 
 ical relation and of happiness for all. The 
 state, to use Schiller's words, destroys the un- 
 tutored happiness of the people while they 
 were children, in order to bring them along
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 87 
 
 a sad path of suffering to the conscious happi- 
 ness of maturity. 
 
 A higher species ! Paul von Lilienf eld, one 
 of the principal advocates of the view that so- 
 ciety is an organism of a higher kind, has 
 pointed out that in this respect an especially 
 striking parallel can be di'awn between ordi- 
 nary organisms and this super-organism. All 
 higher beings propagate sexually; lower be- 
 ings asexually, by partition, by budding and 
 sometimes by conjugation. We have shown 
 that simple partition corresponds exactly to 
 the growth and the further development of the 
 association based on blood relationship, which 
 existed before the state. This grows until it 
 becomes too large for cohesion ; it then loses its 
 unity, divides, and the separate hordes, if they 
 associate at all, remain in a very loose connec- 
 tion, without any sort of closer articulation. 
 The amalgamation of exogamic groups is com- 
 parable to conjugation. 
 
 The state, however, comes into being 
 through seooual propagation. All bisexual 
 propagation is accomplished by the following
 
 88 THE STATE 
 
 process : The male element, a small, very act- 
 ive, mobile, vibrating cell — the spermatozoon 
 — searches out a large inactive cell without 
 mobility of its own — the ovum, or female prin- 
 ciple — enters and fuses with it. From this 
 process, there results an immense growth ; that 
 is to say, a wonderful differentiation with 
 simultaneous integration. The inactive peas- 
 antry, bound by nature to their fields, is the 
 ovum, the mobile tribe of herdsmen the sper- 
 matozoon, of this sociologic act of fecundation ; 
 and its resultant is the ripening of a higher so- 
 cial organism more fully differentiated in its 
 organs, and much more complete in its integra- 
 tions. It is easy to find further parallels. 
 One may compare the border feuds to the 
 manner in which innumerable spermatozoa 
 swarm about the ovum until finally one, the 
 strongest or most fortunate, discovers and con- 
 quers the micropyle. One may compare the 
 almost magical attraction which the ovum has 
 for the spermatozoon, to the no less magical 
 power by which the herdsmen from the steppes 
 are drawn into the cultivated plains.
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 89 
 
 But all this is no proof for the "organism." 
 The problem, however, has been pointed out. 
 
 (b) THE INTEGRATION 
 
 We have followed the genesis of the state, 
 from its second stage onward, in its objective 
 growth as a political and jural form with eco- 
 nomic content. But it is far more important 
 to examine its subjective growth, its socio- 
 psychological "differentiation and integra- 
 tion," since all sociology is nearly always social 
 psychology. First, then, let us discuss inte- 
 gration. 
 
 We saw in the second stage, as set forth 
 above, how the net of psychical relations be- 
 comes ever tighter and closer enmeshed, as the 
 economic amalgamation advances. The two 
 dialects become one language; or one of the 
 two, often of an entirely different stock from 
 the other, becomes extinct. This, in some 
 cases, is the language of the victors, but 
 more frequently that of the vanquished. 
 Both cults amalgamate to one religion, in 
 which the tribal god of the conquerors is
 
 90 THE STATE 
 
 adored as the principal divinity, while the 
 old gods of the vanquished become either 
 his servants, or, as demons or devils, his adver- 
 saries. The bodily type tends to assimilate, 
 through the influence of the same climate and 
 similar mode of living. Where a strong dif- 
 ference between the types existed or is main- 
 tained,*^ the bastards, to a certain extent, fill 
 the gap — so that, in spite of the still existing 
 ethnic contrast, everybody, more and more, be- 
 gins to feel that the type of the enemies beyond 
 the border is more strange, more "foreign" 
 than is the new co-national type. Lords and 
 subjects view one another as "we," at least as 
 concerns the enemy beyond the border ; and at 
 length the memory of the diiferent origin 
 completely disappears. The conquerors are 
 held to be the sons of the old gods. This, in 
 many cases, they literally are, since these gods 
 are nothing but the souls of their ancestors 
 raised to godhead by apotheosis. 
 
 Since the new "states" are much more ag- 
 gressive than the former communities bound 
 together by mere blood relationship, the feeling
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 91 
 
 of being different from the foreigner be^^ond 
 the borders, growing in frequent feuds and 
 wars, becomes stronger and stronger among 
 those within the "realm of peace." And in the 
 same measure there grows among them the 
 feehng of belonging to another; so that the 
 spirit of fraternity and of equity, which for- 
 merly existed only within the horde and which 
 never ceased to hold sway within the associa- 
 tion of nobles, takes root everywhere, and more 
 and more finds its place in the relations be- 
 tween the lords and their subjects. 
 
 At first these relations are manifested only 
 in infrequent cases: equity and fraternity are 
 allowed only such play as is consistent with the 
 right to use the political means ; but that much 
 is granted. A far stronger bond of psychical 
 community between high and low, more potent 
 than any success against foreign invasion, is 
 woven by legal protection against the aggres- 
 sion of the mighty. ^'Justitia fundainentum 
 regnorum/' When, pursuant to their own 
 ideals of justice, the aristocrats as a social 
 group execute one of their own class for
 
 92 THE STATE 
 
 murder or robbery, for having exceeded the 
 bounds of permitted exploitation, the thanks 
 and the joy of the subjects are even more heart- 
 felt than after victory over ahen foes. 
 
 These, then, are the principal lines of de- 
 velopment of the psychical integration. Com- 
 mon interest in maintaining order and law and 
 peace produce a strong feeling of solidarity, 
 which may be called "a consciousness of be- 
 longing to the same state." 
 
 (c) THE differentiation: group theories 
 
 AND GROUP PSYCHOLOGY 
 
 On the other hand, as in all organic growth, 
 there develops pari passu a psychic differenti- 
 ation just as powerful. The interests of the 
 group produce strong group feelings; the 
 upper and lower strata develop a "class con- 
 sciousness" corresponding to their pecuhar in- 
 terests. 
 
 The separate interest of the master group 
 is served by maintaining intact the imposed 
 law of political means ; such interest makes for 
 "conservatism." The interest of the subject
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 93 
 
 group, on the contrary, points to the removal 
 of the prevaiHng rule, to the substitution for 
 it of a new rule, the law of equality for all in- 
 habitants of the state, and makes for "liberal- 
 ism" and revolution. 
 
 Herein lies the tap root of all class and 
 party psychology. Hence there develop, in 
 accordance with definite psychological laws, 
 those incomparably mighty forms of thought 
 which, as "class theories," through thousands of 
 years of struggle guide and justify every so- 
 cial contest in the consciousness of contempor- 
 aries. 
 
 "When the will speaks reason has to be 
 silent," says Schopenhauer, or as Ludwig 
 Gumplowicz states the same idea, "Man acts 
 in accordance with laws of nature, as an after- 
 thought he thinks humanly." Man's will 
 being strictly "determined," he must act ac- 
 cording to the pressure which the surrounding 
 world exerts upon him; and the same law is 
 valid for every community of men: groups, 
 classes, and the state itself. They "flow from 
 the plane of higher economic and social pres-
 
 94 THE STATE 
 
 sure to that of lower pressure, along the line 
 of least resistance." But every individual and 
 each community of men believe themselves free 
 agents; and therefore, by an unescapable 
 psychical law they are forced to consider the 
 path they are traversing as a freely chosen 
 means, and the point toward which they are 
 driven as a freely chosen end. And since man 
 is a rational and ethical being, that is, a social 
 entity, he is obliged to justify before reason 
 and morality the method and the objective 
 point of his movement, and to take account of 
 the social consciousness of his time. 
 
 So long as the relations of both groups were 
 simply those of internationally opposed border 
 enemies, the exercise of the political means 
 called for no justification, because a man of 
 alien blood had no rights. As soon, however, 
 as the psychic integration develops, in any de- 
 gree, the community feeling of state conscious- 
 ness, as soon as the bond servant acquires 
 "rights," and the consciousness of essential 
 equality percolates through the mass, the polit- 
 ical means requires a system of justification;
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 95 
 
 and there arises in the ruling class the group 
 theory of "legitimacy." 
 
 Everywhere, the upholders of legitimacy 
 justify dominion and exploitation with similar 
 anthropological and theological reasoning. 
 The master group, since it recognizes bravery 
 and warlike efficiency as the only virtues of a 
 man, declares itself, the victors, — and from its 
 standpoint quite correctly — to be the more ef- 
 ficient, the better "race." This point of view 
 is the more intensified, the lower the subject 
 race is reduced by hard labor and low fare. 
 And since the tribal god of the ruling group 
 has become the supreme god in the new amal- 
 gamated state religion, this religion declares — 
 and again from its view-point quite correctly — 
 that the constitution of the state has been de- 
 creed by heaven, that it is "tabu," and that 
 interference with it is sacrilege. In con- 
 sequence, therefore, of a simple logical inver- 
 sion, the exploited or subject group is re- 
 garded as an essentially inferior race, as un- 
 ruly, tricky, lazy, cowardly and utterly incap- 
 able of self-rule or self-defense, so that any up-
 
 96 THE STATE 
 
 rising against the imposed dominion must nec- 
 essarily appear as a revolt against God Him- 
 self and against His moral ordinances. For 
 these reasons, the dominant group at all times 
 stands in closest union with the priesthood, 
 which, in its highest positions, at least, nearly 
 always recruits itself from their sons, sharing 
 their political rights and economic privileges. 
 
 This has been, and is at this day, the class 
 theory of the ruling group; nothing has been 
 taken from it, not an item has been added to it. 
 Even the very modern argument by which, for 
 example, the landed nobility of old France and 
 of modern Prussia attempted to put out of 
 court the claims of the peasantry to the owner- 
 ship of lands, on the allegation that they had 
 owned the land from time immemorial, while 
 their peasants had only been granted a life 
 tenure therein, — is reproduced among the Wa- 
 huma, of Africa,^^ and probably could be 
 shown in many other instances. 
 
 Like their class theory, their class psy- 
 chology has been, and is, at all times the same. 
 Its most important characteristic, the "aristo-
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 97 
 
 crat's pride," shows itself in contempt for the 
 lower laboring strata. This is so inherent, 
 that herdsmen, even after they have lost their 
 herds and become economically dependent, still 
 retain their pride as former lords: "Even the 
 Galla, who have been despoiled of their wealth 
 of herds by the Somali north of the Tana, and 
 who thus have become watchers of other men's 
 herds, and even in some cases along the Sabaki 
 become peasants, still look wdth contempt upon 
 the peasant Watokomo, who are subject to 
 them and resemble the SuaheU. But their at- 
 titude is quite different toward their tributary 
 hunting peoples, namely, the Waboni, the 
 Wassanai, and the Walangulo (Ariangulo) 
 who resemble the Galla." ^' 
 
 The following description of the Tibbu 
 applies, as though it had been originally told 
 of them, to Walter Havenaught and the rest of 
 the poor knights who, in the crusades, looked 
 for booty and lordly domain. It applies no 
 less to many a noble fighting cock from Ger- 
 many east of the Elbe, and to many a ragged 
 Polish gentleman. "They are men full of self-
 
 98 THE STATE 
 
 consciousness. They may be beggars, but 
 they are no pariahs. Many a people under 
 these circumstances would be thoroughly 
 miserable and depressed; the Tibbu have steel 
 in their nature. They are splendidly fitted 
 to be robbers, warriors, and rulers. Even their 
 system of robbery is imposing, although it is 
 base as a jackal's. These ragged Tibbus, 
 fighting against extreme poverty and con- 
 stantly on the verge of starvation, raise the 
 most impudent claims with apparent or real 
 belief in their validity. The right of the 
 jackal, which regards the possessions of a 
 stranger as conmion property, is the protec- 
 tion of greedy men against want. The inse- 
 curity of an all but perpetual state of war 
 brings it about that life becomes an insistent 
 challenge, and at the same time the reward of 
 extortion! " ^^ This phenomenon is in nowise 
 limited to Eastern Africa, for it is said of the 
 Abyssinian soldier : " Thus equipped he 
 comes along. Proudly he looks down on 
 every one : his is the land, and for him the peas- 
 ant must work." ^®
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 99 
 
 Deeply as the aristocrat at all times despises 
 the economic means and the peasants who em- 
 ploy it, he admits frankly his reliance on the 
 political means. Honest war and "honest 
 thievery" * are his occupation as a lord, are his 
 good right. His right — except pver those who 
 belong to the same clique — extends just as far 
 as his power. One finds this high praise of the 
 political means nowhere so well stated as in 
 the well-known Doric drinking song: 
 
 "I have great treasures; the spear and the sword; 
 
 Wherewith to guard my body, the bull hide shield 
 well tried. 
 With these I can plough, and harvest my crop, « 
 With these I can garner the sweet grape wine. 
 By them I bear the name 'Lord' with my serfs. 
 
 "But these never dare to bear spear and sword. 
 
 Still less the guard of the body, the bull hide shield 
 well tried. 
 They lie at my feet stretched out on the ground, 
 
 My hand is licked by them as by hounds, 
 I am their Persian king — terrifying them by my 
 name." '" 
 
 In these wanton lines is expressed the pride 
 
 * Compare this with the prevalent justification of "honest 
 graft" in municipal or political contracts. — Translator.
 
 100 THE STATE 
 
 of warlike lords. The following verses, taken 
 from an entirely different phase of civilization, 
 show that the robber still has part in the war- 
 rior in spite of Christianity, the Peace of God, 
 and the Holy Roman Empire of the German 
 Nation. These lines also praise the political 
 means, but in its most crude form, simple rob- 
 bery: 
 
 "Would you eke out your life, my young noble squire, 
 Follow then my teaching, upon your horse and join 
 the gang! 
 Take to the greenwood, when the peasant comes up, 
 
 Run him down quickly, grab him then by the collar. 
 Rejoice in your heart, taking from him whatever he has. 
 Unharness his horses and get you away ! " °^ 
 
 "Unless," as Sombart adds, "he preferred 
 to hunt nobler game and to relieve merchants 
 of their valuable consignments. The nobles 
 carried on robbery as a natural method of sup- 
 plementing their earnings, extending it more 
 and more as the income from their property no 
 longer sufficed to pay for the increasing de- 
 mands of daily consumption and luxury. The 
 system of freebooting was considered a 
 thoroughly honorable occupation, since it met
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 101 
 
 the demand of the essence of chivahy, that 
 every one should appropriate whatever was 
 within reach of his spear point or of the blade 
 of his sword. The nobles learned freebooting 
 as the cobbler was brought up to his trade. 
 The ballad has put this in merry wise : 
 
 "To pillage, to rob, that is no shame. 
 The best in the land do quite the same." 
 
 Besides this principal point of the "squire- 
 archical" psychology, a second distinguishing 
 mark scarcely less characteristic is found in the 
 piety of these folk whether it be of conviction 
 or merely strongly accentuated in public. 
 
 It seems as though the same social ideas 
 always force identical characteristics on the rul- 
 ing class. This is illustrated by the form un- 
 der which God, in their view, appears as their 
 special National God and preponderatingly as 
 a God of War. Although they profess God 
 as the creator of all men, even of their enemies, 
 and since Christianity, as the God of Love, this 
 does not counteract the force with which class 
 interests formulate their appropriate ideol- 
 ogy.
 
 102 THE STATE 
 
 In order to complete the sketch of the psy- 
 chology of the ruling class, we must not forget 
 the tendency to squander, easily understood 
 in those "ignorant of the taste of toil," which 
 appears sometimes in a higher form as gen- 
 erosity; nor must we forget, as their supreme 
 trait, that death-despising bravery, which is 
 called forth by the coercion imposed on a mi- 
 nority, their need to defend their rights at any 
 time with arms, and which is favored by a free- 
 dom from all labor which permits the develop- 
 ment of the body in hunting, sport and feuds. 
 Its caricature is combativeness, and a super- 
 sensitiveness to personal honor, which degen- 
 erates into madness. 
 
 At this point a small digression: Caesar 
 found the Celts just at that stage of their de- 
 velopment, in which the nobles had obtained 
 dominion over their fellow clansmen. Since 
 that time, his classic narrative has stood as a 
 norm — their class psychology appears as the 
 race psychology of all Celts. Not even 
 Mommsen escaped this error. The result is 
 that now, in every book on universal history or
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 103 
 
 sociology, one may read the palpable error, re- 
 peated until contradiction is of no avail, al- 
 though a mere glance would have sufficed to 
 show that all peoples of all races, in the same 
 stage of their development, have showed the 
 same characteristics; in Europe, Thessalians, 
 Apulians, Campanians, Germans, Poles, etc. 
 Meanwhile the Celts, and specifically the 
 French, in different stages of their develop- 
 ment, have showed quite different traits of 
 character. The psychology belongs to the 
 stage of development, not to the race ! 
 
 Whenever, on the other hand, the rehgious 
 sanctions of the "state" are weak, or become so, 
 there develops as a group theory on the part of 
 the subjects, the concept, either clear or 
 blurred, of Natural Law. The lower class re- 
 gards the race pride and the assumed superior- 
 ity of the nobles as presumptuous, claims to 
 be of as good race and blood as the ruling 
 class — and from their standpoint again quite 
 correctly, since according to their views, labor, 
 efficiency and order are accounted the only 
 virtues. They are skeptical also as to the re-
 
 104 THE STATE 
 
 ligion which is the helper of their adversaries; 
 and are as firmly convinced as are the nobles of 
 the directly opposite opinion, namely, that the 
 privileges of the master group violate law as 
 well as reason. Later development is not able 
 to add any essential point to the factors origi- 
 nally given. 
 
 Under the influence of these ideas, now 
 clearly, now obscurely brought out, the two 
 groups henceforth fight out their battles, each 
 for its own interests. The young state would 
 be burst apart under the strain of such centrif- 
 ugal forces, were it not for the centripetal 
 pull of common interests, of the still more 
 powerful state-consciousness. The pressure 
 of foreigners from without, of common ene- 
 mies, overcomes the inner strain of conflict- 
 ing class interests. An example may be found 
 in the tale of the secession of the "Plebs" and 
 the successful mission of Menenius Agrippa. 
 And so the young state would, like a planet, 
 swing through all eternity in its predetermined 
 orbit, in accordance with the parallelogram of 
 forces, were it not that it and its surrounding
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 105 
 
 world is changed and developed until it pro- 
 duces new external and inner energies. 
 
 (d) THE PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE OF HIGHER 
 
 GRADE 
 
 Crowth in itself conditions important 
 changes ; and the young state must grow. The 
 same forces that brought it into being, urge 
 its extension, require it to grasp more power. 
 Even were such a young state "sated,' as 
 many a modern state claims to be, it would 
 still be forced to stretch and grow under 
 penalty of extinction. Under primitive social 
 conditions Goethe's lines apply with absolute 
 truth: "You must rise or fall, conquer or 
 yield, be hammer or anvil.'* 
 
 States are maintained in accordance with 
 the same principles that called them into being. 
 The primitive state is the creation of warlike 
 robbery; and only by warlike robbery can it be 
 preserved. 
 
 The economic want of the master group has 
 no limits ; no man is sufficiently rich to satisfy 
 his desires. The political means are turned on
 
 106 THE STATE 
 
 new groups of peasants not yet subjected, or 
 new coasts yet unpilf ered are sought out. The 
 primitive state expands, until a collision takes 
 place on the edge of the "sphere of interests" 
 of another primitive state, which itself origi- 
 nated in precisely the same way. Then we 
 have for the first time, in place of the war- 
 like robbery heretofore carried on, true war 
 in its narrower sense, since henceforth equally 
 organized and disciplined masses are hurled at 
 one another. 
 
 The object of the contest remains always 
 the same, the produce of the economic means 
 of the working classes, such as loot, tribute, 
 taxes and ground rent; but the contest no 
 longer takes place between a group intent on 
 exploiting and another mass to be exploited, 
 but between two master groups for che pos- 
 session of the entire booty. 
 
 The final result of the conflict, in nearly all 
 instances, is the amalgamation of both primi- 
 tive states into a gi-eater. This in turn, 
 naturally and by force of the same causes, 
 reaches beyond its borders, devours its smaller
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 107 
 
 neighbors, and is perhaps in its turn devoured 
 by some greater state. 
 
 The subjected laboring group may not take 
 much interest in the final issue of these con- 
 tests for the mastery; it is a matter of indif- 
 ference whether it pays tribute to one or the 
 other set of lords. Their chief interest lies in 
 the course of the particular fight, which is, 
 in any case, paid for with their own hides. 
 Therefore, except in cases of gross ill treat- 
 ment and exploitation, the lower classes are 
 rightly governed by their "state-consciousness" 
 when, with all their might they aid their 
 hereditary master group in times of war. For 
 if their master group is vanquished, the sub- 
 jects suffer most severely from the utter 
 devastation of war. They fight literally for 
 wife and children, for home and hearth, when 
 they fight to prevent the rule of foreign mas- 
 ters. ' 
 
 The master group is involved completely 
 in the issue of this fight for dominion. In ex- 
 treme cases, it may be completely extermi- 
 nated, as were the local nobility of the Ger-
 
 108 THE STATE 
 
 manic tribes in the Prankish Empire. Nearly 
 as bad, if not worse, is the prospect of being 
 thrust into the group of the serfs. Some- 
 times a well-timed treaty of peace preserves 
 their social position as master groups of sub- 
 ordinate rank: e. g., the Saxon nobility in 
 Norman England, or the Suppans in Ger- 
 man territory taken from the Slavs. In other 
 cases, where the forces are about equal, the 
 two groups amalgamate into one master group 
 with equal rights, which forms a nobility whose 
 members intermarry. This, for instance, was 
 the situation in the Slavic Territories, where 
 isolated Wendish chieftains were treated as 
 the equals of the Germans, or in mediaeval 
 Rome, in the case of prominent families from 
 the Alban Hills and Tuscany. 
 
 In this new "primitive feudal state of higher 
 grade," as we shall call it, the ruling group 
 may, therefore, disintegrate into a number of 
 more or less powerful and privileged strata. 
 The organization may show many varieties 
 because of the well-known fact, that often the 
 master group separates into two subordinated
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 109 
 
 economic and social layers, developed as we 
 saw them in the herdsmen stage: the owners 
 of large herds and of many slaves, and the or- 
 dinary freemen. Possibly the less complete 
 differentiation into social ranks in the states 
 created by huntsmen in the new world, is to 
 be assigned to the circumstance that in the 
 absence of herds, the concomitants of that 
 form of ownership, and the original separation 
 into classes, were not introduced into the state. 
 We shall, later, see what force was exerted on 
 the political and economic development of 
 states in the old world by the differences in 
 rank and property of the two strata of rulers. 
 Similarly, as in the case of the ruling group, 
 a corresponding process of differentiation di- 
 vides the subject group in the "primitive feudal 
 state of a higher grade" into various strata 
 more or less despised and compelled to render 
 service. It is only necessary to recall the very 
 marked difference in the social and jural posi- 
 tion occupied by the peasantry in the Doric 
 States, Lacedgemon and Crete, and among 
 the Thessalians, where the perioiki had clear
 
 110 THE STATE 
 
 rights of possession and fairly well protected 
 political rights, while the helots, in the latter 
 case the penestai, were almost unprotected in 
 life and property. Among the old Saxons also 
 we find a class, the liti, intermediate between 
 the common freemen and the serfs.^^ These 
 examples could be multiplied ; apparently they 
 are caused by the same tendencies that brought 
 about the differentiation among the nobility 
 mentioned above. When two primitive feudal 
 states amalgamate, their social layers stratify 
 in a variety of Avays, which to a certain extent 
 are comparable to the combinations resulting 
 from mixing together two packs of cards. 
 
 It is certain that this mechanical mixture 
 caused by political forces, influences the de- 
 velopment of castes, that is to say, of hereditary 
 professions, which at the same time form a 
 hierarchy of social classes. "Castes are 
 usually, if not always, consequences of con- 
 quest and subjugation by foreigners." ^^ Al- 
 though this problem has not been completely 
 solved, it may be said that the formation of 
 castes has been very strongly influenced by
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 111 
 
 economic and religious factors. It is prob- 
 able that castes came about in some such way 
 as this: state-forming forces penetrated into 
 existing economic organizations, and vocations 
 underwent adaptation, and then became petri- 
 fied under the influence of religious concepts, 
 which, however, may also have influenced 
 their original formation. This seems to fol- 
 low from the fact that even as between man 
 and woman there exist certain separations of 
 vocation, which, so to say, are taboo and im- 
 passable. Thus among all huntsmen, tilling 
 the ground is woman's work, while among 
 many African shepherds, as soon as the ox- 
 plow is used, agriculture becomes man's 
 work, and then women may not, under pain 
 of sacrilege, use the domestic cattle.* 
 
 It is likely that such religious concepts may 
 have brought it about that a vocation became 
 hereditary, and then compulsorily hereditary, 
 especially where a tribe or a village carried on 
 
 * Similarly there are North Asiatic tribes of huntsmen, 
 where women are definitely forbidden to touch the hunting 
 gear or to cross a hunting trail. — Ratzel I, page 65(k
 
 112 THE STATE 
 
 a particular craft. This happens with all 
 tribes in a state of nature, where intercourse 
 is easily possible, especially in the case of 
 islanders. When some such group has been 
 conquered by another tribe, the subjects, with 
 their developed hereditary vocations, tend to 
 form within the new state entity a pure 
 "caste." Their caste position depends partly 
 upon the esteem they had heretofore enjoyed 
 among their own people, and partly upon the 
 advantage which their vocation affords their 
 new masters. If, as was often the case, waves 
 of conquest followed one another in series, the 
 formation of castes might be multiplied, espe- 
 cially if in the meantime economic develop- 
 ment had worked out many vocational classes. 
 This development is probably best seen in 
 the group of smiths, who, in nearly all cases, 
 have occupied a peculiar position, half feared 
 and half despised. In Africa especially, since 
 the beginning of time, we find tribes of expert 
 smiths, as followers and dependents of shep- 
 herd tribes. The Hyksos brought such tribes 
 with them into the Nile country, and perhaps
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 113 
 
 owed their decisive victory to arms made by 
 them; and until recent times the Dinka kept 
 the iron working Djur in a sort of subject re- 
 lation. The same applied also to the nomads 
 of the Sahara; while our northern sagas are 
 filled with the tribal contrast to the "dwarfs" 
 and the fear of their magical powers. All the 
 elements were at hand in a developed state 
 for the formation of sharply diiFerentiated 
 castes.^* 
 
 How the cooperation of religious concepts 
 affects the beginning of these formations may 
 be well illustrated by an example from Poly- 
 nesia. Here, "although many natives have 
 the ability to do ship-building, only one privi- 
 leged class may exercise the craft, so closely is 
 the interest of the states and the societies 
 bound up in this art. All over the archipelago 
 formerly, and to this day in Fiji, the carpen- 
 ters, who are almost exclusively ship-builders, 
 form a special caste, bear the high sounding 
 title of 'the king's workmen,' and enjoy the 
 prerogative of having their own chieftains. 
 . . . Everything is done in accordance with
 
 114 THE STATE 
 
 ancient tradition ; the laying the keel, the com- 
 pletion of the ship, and the launching, all 
 take place amidst religious ceremonies and 
 feasts." '^ 
 
 Where superstition has been strongly de- 
 veloped, a genuine system of castes may come 
 about, based partly on economic and partly 
 on ethnic foundations. In Polynesia, for ex- 
 ample, the articulation of the classes, through 
 the operation of the taboo, has brought about 
 a state of affairs very like a most thorough- 
 going caste system.^® Similar results may be 
 seen in Southern Arabia.^^ It is unnecessary 
 at this place to enlarge on the important place 
 which religion had in the origin and mainte- 
 nance of separate castes in ancient Egypt and 
 in modern India.* 
 
 These are the elements of the primitive 
 feudal state of higher grade. They are more 
 manifold and more numerous than in the lower 
 
 * Besides, it seems that the rigidity of the Indian caste-sys- 
 tem is not so harsh in practise. The guild seems as often to 
 break through the barriers of caste as the converse. — Ratzd 
 II, page 596.
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 115 
 
 primitive state; but in both, legal constitution 
 and political-economic distributon are funda- 
 mentally the same. The products of the 
 economic means are still the object of the group 
 struggle. This remains now as ever the mov- 
 ing impulse of the domestic policy of the state, 
 while the political means continues now as ever 
 to constitute the moving impulse of its foreign 
 policy in attack or in defense. Identical 
 group theories continue to justify, both for 
 the upper classes and the lower, the objects 
 and means of external and domestic struggles. 
 
 But the development can not remain sta- 
 tionary. Growth diif ers from mere increase 
 in bulk; growth means a constantly heighten- 
 ing differentiation and integration. 
 
 The farther the primitive feudal state ex- 
 tends its dominion, the more numerous its sub- 
 jects, and the denser its population, the more 
 there develops a political-economic division of 
 labor, which calls forth new needs and new 
 means of supplying them; and the more there 
 come into sharp contrasts the distinctions of
 
 116 THE STATE 
 
 economic, and consequently of social, class 
 strata, in accordance with what I have called 
 the "law of the agglomeration about existing 
 nuclei of wealth." This growing differentia- 
 tion becomes decisive for the further develop- 
 ment of the primitive feudal state, and still 
 more for its conclusion. 
 
 This conclusion is not meant to be, in any 
 sense, the physical end of such a state. We 
 do not mean the death of a state, whereby such 
 a feudal state of the higher type disappears, 
 in consequence of conflict with a more power- 
 ful state, either on the same or on a higher 
 plane of development, as was the case of the 
 Mogul states of India or of Uganda in their 
 conflicts with Great Britain. Neither does it 
 mean such a stagnation as that into which 
 Persia and Turkey have fallen, which repre- 
 sents for a time only a pause in development, 
 since these comitries, either of their own force 
 or by foreign conquest, must soon be pushed 
 on the way of their destiny. Neither have we 
 meant the rigidity of the gigantic Chinese Em- 
 pire, which can last only so long as foreign
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 117 
 
 powers refrain from forcing its mysterious 
 gates.* 
 
 The outcome here spoken of means the 
 further development of the primitive feudal 
 state, a matter of importance to our under- 
 standing of universal history as a process. 
 The principal lines of development into which 
 this issue branches off are twofold and of 
 fundamentally different character. But this 
 polar opposition is conditioned hy a like con- 
 trast between two sorts of economic wealth 
 each of which increases in accordance with the 
 ^''^law of agglomeration about existing nuclei'* 
 In the one case, it is movable property; in 
 the other, landed property. Here it is the 
 capital of commerce, there property in land, 
 
 * Had we the space, a detailed exposition of this exceptional 
 development of a feudal state would be tempting. China 
 would be well worth a more detailed discussion, since, in many 
 aspects it has approached the condition of "free citizenship" 
 more closely than any people of Western Europe. China 
 has overcome the consequences of the feudal system more thor- 
 oughly than we Europeans have; and has made, early in its 
 development, the great property interests in the land harm- 
 less, so that their bastard offspring, capitalism, hardly came 
 into being; while in addition, it has worked out to a consid- 
 erable degree the problems of cooperative production and of 
 cooperative distribution.
 
 118 THE STATE 
 
 accumulating in the hands of a smaller and 
 smaller nimiber, and thereby overturning radi- 
 cally the articulation of classes, and with it the 
 whole State. 
 
 The maritime State is the scene of the de- 
 velopment of movable wealth; the territorial 
 State is the embodiment of the development of 
 landed property. The final issue of the first 
 is capitalistic exploitation by slavery, the out- 
 come of the latter is, first of all, the developed 
 fetidal State. 
 
 Capitalistic exploitation by slavery, the 
 typical result of the development of the so- 
 called "antique States" on the INIediterranean, 
 does not end in the death of states, which is of 
 no importance, but in the death of peoples, be- 
 cause of the consumption of population. In 
 the pedigree of the historical development of 
 the State, it forms a side branch, from which 
 no further immediate growth can take place. 
 
 The developed feudal State, however, repre- 
 sents the principal branch, the continuation of 
 the trunk; and is therefore the origin for the
 
 PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 119 
 
 further growth of the State. Thence it has 
 developed into the State governed by feudal 
 systems ; into absolutism ; into the modern con- 
 stitutional State; and if we are right in our 
 prognosis, it will become a "free citizenship." 
 
 So long as the trunk grew only in one di- 
 rection, i. e., to include the primitive feudal 
 State of higher grade, our sketch of its growth 
 and development could and did comprise both 
 forms. Henceforth, after the bifurcation, 
 our story branches and follow^s each branch to 
 its last twig. 
 
 We begin, then, with the maritime states, 
 although they are not the older form. On 
 the contrary, as far back as the dawn of his- 
 tory clears the fog of prehistoric existence, 
 the first strong states were formed as terri- 
 torial states, which then, by their owti powers, 
 attained the scale of developed feudal States. 
 But beyond this stage, at least as regards those 
 States most interesting to our culture, most of 
 them either remained stationary or fell into 
 the power of maritime states; and then, in-
 
 120 THE STATE 
 
 fected with the deadly poison of capitalistic 
 exploitation through slavery, were destroyed 
 by the same plague. 
 
 The further progress of the expanded feudal 
 states of higher grade could take place only 
 after the maritime states had run their course : 
 mighty forms of domination and statescraft 
 these became, and they subsequently influenced 
 and furthered the conformation of the terri- 
 torial states that grew from their ruins. 
 
 For that reason the story of the fate of mari- 
 time states must be first traced, as these are 
 the introduction to the higher forms of state 
 life. After first tracing the lateral branch, 
 we shall then return to the starting point, the 
 primitive feudal State, follow the main trunk 
 to the development of the modern constitu- 
 tional State, and anticipating actual history, 
 sketch the "free citizenship" of the future.
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 
 THE MARITIME STATE 
 
 The course of life and the path of suffering 
 of the State founded by sea nomads, as has 
 been stated above, is determined by com- 
 mercial capital; just as that of the territorial 
 State is determined by capital vested in realty ; 
 and, we may add, that of the modern consti- 
 tutional State by productive capital. The 
 sea nomad, however, did not invent trade or 
 merchandising, fairs or markets or cities ; these 
 preexisted, and since they served his purpose, 
 were now developed to suit his interests. All 
 these institutions, serving the economic means, 
 the barter for equivalents, had long since been 
 discovered. 
 
 Here for the first time in our survey we find 
 the economic means not the object of exploita- 
 tion by the political means, but as a cooperating 
 
 agent in originating the State, one might 
 
 131
 
 122 THE STATE 
 
 call it the "chain" passing into the "lift" 
 created by the feudal state to bring forth a 
 more elaborate structure. The genesis of the 
 maritime State would not be thoroughly in- 
 telligible, were we not to premise a statement 
 concerning traffic and interchange of wares in 
 prehistoric times. Furthermore, no prognosis 
 of the modern state is complete, which does 
 not take into account the independently 
 formed economic means of aboriginal barter. 
 
 (a) TRAFFIC IN PEEHISTORIC TIMES 
 
 The psychological explanation of barter has 
 brought forth the theory of the marginal util- 
 ity, its greatest merit. According to this 
 theory, the subjective valuation of any eco- 
 nomic good decreases in proportion to the num- 
 ber of objects of the same kind possessed by the 
 same owner. When even two proprietors meet, 
 each having a number of similar articles, they 
 will gladly barter, provided political means are 
 barred, i. e., if both parts are apparently 
 equally strong and well-armed, or in the very 
 early stage, are within the sacred circle of re-
 
 MARITIME STATE 123 
 
 lationship. By barter, each one receives prop- 
 erty of very high subjective value, in place of 
 property of very low subjective value, so that 
 both parties are gainers in the transaction. 
 The desire of primitive people for bartering 
 must be stronger than that of cultured ones. 
 For at this stage man does not value his own 
 goods, but covets the things belonging to 
 strangers, and is hardly affected by calculated 
 economic considerations. 
 
 On the other hand, we must not forget that 
 there are primitive peoples for whom barter 
 has no attraction whatever. "Cook tells of 
 tribes in Polynesia, with whom no intercourse 
 was possible, since presents made absolutely 
 no impression on them, and were afterward 
 thrown away; everything shown them they re- 
 garded with indifference, and with no desire 
 to own it, while with their own things they 
 would not part ; in fact, they had no conception 
 of either trade or barter." ^^ So Westermarck 
 is of the opinion that "barter and traffic are 
 comparatively late inventions." In this he 
 stands in opposition to Peschel, who would
 
 124. THE STATE 
 
 have it that man in the earliest known stage 
 of development engaged in barter. Wester- 
 marck states that there is no proof "that the 
 cave-dwellers of Perigord from the reindeer 
 period obtained their rock-crystals, their shells 
 from the Atlantic, and the horns of the Saiga 
 antelope from (modern) Poland by way of 
 barter." ^» 
 
 In spite of these exceptions, which admit 
 other explanations — perhaps the natives feared 
 sorcery — the history of primitive peoples shows 
 that the desire to trade and barter is a uni- 
 versal human characteristic. It can, however, 
 take effect only when these primitive men on 
 meeting with strangers are offered new en- 
 ticing objects, since in the immediate circle of 
 their own blood kinsmen every one has the 
 same kinds of property, and in their natural 
 communism, on the average about the same 
 amount. 
 
 Yet even then, barter, the beginning of all 
 regular trading, can take place only when the 
 meeting with foreigners is a peaceable one. 
 But is there any possibility for peaceable meet-
 
 MARITIME STATE 125 
 
 mg with foreigners? Is not primitive man, 
 through his entire life, and especially at the 
 period when barter begins, still under the ap- 
 prehension that every one of a different horde 
 is an enemy to be feared as the wolf? 
 
 After trade is developed, it is, as a rule, 
 strongly influenced by the "political means," 
 "trade generally follows robbery." ^^ But its 
 first beginnings are chiefly the result of the 
 economic means, the outcome of pacific, not 
 warlike, intercourse. 
 
 The international relations of primitive 
 huntsmen with one another must not be con- 
 fused with those existing either between the 
 huntsmen or herdsmen and their peasants, or 
 amongst the herdsmen themselves. There 
 are, undoubtedly, blood-feuds, or feuds be- 
 cause of looted women, or possibly because of 
 violation of the districts set aside for hunting 
 grounds; but these lack that strong incentive, 
 which is the consequence of avarice alone, of 
 the desire to despoil other men of the products 
 of their labor. Therefore, the "wars" of prim- 
 itive huntsmen are scarcely real wars, but
 
 126 THE STATE 
 
 rather scuffles and single combats, carried on 
 frequently — as are the German student duels 
 — according to an established ceremonial, and 
 prolonged only up to the point of incapacity to 
 fight, as one might say, "until claret has been 
 drawn." ®^ These tribes, numerically very 
 weak, wisely limit bloodshed to the indispensa- 
 ble amount — e. g., in case of a blood vendetta 
 feud — and thus avoid starting new vendetta 
 blood feuds. 
 
 For this reason, pacific relations with their 
 neighbors on an equal economic scale are much 
 stronger, and also freer from the incentive to 
 use poHtical means, both among huntsmen and 
 among primitive peasants, than among herds- 
 men. There are numerous examples where 
 the former meet peaceably to exploit natural 
 resources in common. "While yet in primi- 
 tive stages of civilization, great masses of 
 people gather together, from time to time, at 
 places where useful objects may be found. 
 The Indians of a large part of America made 
 regular pilgrimages to the flint grounds; 
 others assembled annually at harvest time at
 
 MARITIME STATE 127 
 
 the Zizania swamps of the lakes of the North- 
 west. The Australians, living scattered in the 
 Barku district, assemble from all directions for 
 the harvest festivals at the swamp beds of 
 the corn bearing Marsiliacae. When the 
 bonga-bonga trees in Queensland produce a 
 superabundant crop, and a greater store is on 
 hand than the tribe can consume, foreign tribes 
 are permitted to share therein." ^^ "Various 
 tribes agree on the common ownership of defi- 
 nite strips of territory, and likewise of the 
 quarries of phonolite for hatchets." ^* Nu- 
 merous Australian tribes have common con- 
 sultations and sessions of the elders for judg- 
 ment. In these, the remainder of the poj)ula- 
 tion form the bystanders, a custom similar to 
 the Germanic ''JJmstand" in the primitive folk- 
 moot.^^ 
 
 It is but natural that such meetings should 
 bring about barter. Perhaps this explains the 
 origin of those "weekly fairs held by the Ne- 
 groes of Central Africa in the midst of the 
 primseval forest under special arrangements 
 for the peace," ®" and likewise the great fairs.
 
 128 THE STATE 
 
 said to be very ancient, of the fur hunters of 
 the extreme north of the Tschuktsche. 
 
 All these things presuppose the development 
 of pacific forms of intercourse between neigh- 
 boring groups. These forms are to be found 
 almost universally. They could very easily be 
 developed at this period, since the discovery 
 had not yet been made that men can be utilized 
 as labor motors. At this stage, the stranger is 
 treated as an enemy only in doubtful cases. 
 If he comes with apparently peaceable intent, 
 he is treated as a friend. Therefore, a whole 
 code of public law ceremonies grew up, in- 
 tended to demonstrate the pacific intent of the 
 newcomer.* One puts aside one's arms and 
 shows one's unarmed hand, or one sends her- 
 alds in advance, who are always inviolable. 
 
 It is clear that these forms represent some 
 kind of claim to hospitality, and in fact it is by 
 this guest-right that peaceful trade is first 
 
 * In this category must be reckoned the salutation, still 
 in use in some parts, "Peace Be With You." It is expressive 
 of the perversity of Tolstoi's later years that he misappre- 
 hends this characteristic mark of a time when vi^ar was the 
 normal state of affairs, as the remnant of a golden age of 
 peace. The Importance of the Russian Revolution (German 
 translation by A. Hess, p. 17).
 
 MARITIME STATE 129 
 
 made possible. The exchange of guest-gifts 
 precedes, and appears to introduce, barter 
 proper. It becomes, therefore, important to 
 investigate the source of hospitality. 
 
 Westermarck, in his recent monumental 
 work (1907), Origin and Development of 
 Moral Concepts^^ states that the custom of 
 hospitality results from two causes, curiosity 
 for news from the stranger from afar, and still 
 more from the fear that the stranger may he 
 endowed with powers of sorcery, imputed to 
 him just because he is a stranger.* In the 
 Bible, hospitality is recommended for the rea- 
 son that one can not know that the stranger 
 may not be an angel. The superstitious race 
 fears his curse (the Erinys of the Greeks) 
 and hastens to propitiate the stranger. Hav- 
 ing been accepted as a guest he is inviola- 
 ble and enjoys the sacred right of the blood- 
 related group, and is regarded as belonging to 
 
 * This may account for the use made of old women as 
 heralds. They are doubly available for that purpose, since 
 they are worthless for warfare, and are supposed to be en- 
 dowed with specific powers of sorcery (Westermarck), even 
 more than old men, who also are treated cautiously, since they 
 may soon become "ghosts."
 
 130 THE STATE 
 
 it during his stay. Therefore he partakes of 
 the benefits of the aboriginal communism 
 reigning in the group, and shares its property. 
 The host demands and receives whatever he 
 claims, the stranger obtains in turn what he 
 asks for. When the peaceable intercourse be- 
 comes more frequent, the mutual giving of 
 guest-presents may develop into a trading 
 arrangement, because the trader gladly re- 
 turns to the spot where he found good enter- 
 tainment and a profitable exchange and where 
 he is protected by the laws of hospitality, in- 
 stead of seeking new places, where, often with 
 danger to his life, he would first have to acquire 
 the right to hospitality. 
 
 The existence of an "international" division 
 of labor is, of course, presupposed before the 
 development of a regular trade relation can 
 begin. Such a division of labor exists much 
 earlier and to a greater extent than is gen- 
 erally believed. "It is quite erroneous to sup- 
 pose that the division of labor takes place only 
 on a high scale of economic development. 
 There are in the interior of Africa villages of
 
 MARITIME STATE 131 
 
 iron-smiths, nay, of such as only turn out dart- 
 knives ; New Guinea has its villages of potters, 
 North America its arrow-head makers." ^* 
 From such specialties there develops trade, 
 whether through roving merchants, or by gifts 
 to one's hosts, or by peace-gifts from tribe to 
 tribe. In North America, the Kaddu trade 
 in bows. "Obsidian was universally employed 
 for arrow heads and knives; on the Yellow- 
 stone, on the Snake River, in New Mexico, but 
 especially in Mexico. Thence the precious 
 article was distributed all over the entire 
 country as far as Ohio and Tennessee, a dis- 
 tance of nearly two thousand miles." '^^ 
 
 According to Vierkandt: "From the 
 purely home-made products of primitive peo- 
 ples, there results a system of trade totally 
 distinct from that prevailing under modern 
 conditions. . . . Each separate tribe has de- 
 veloped special aptitudes, leading to interex- 
 change. Even among the comparatively un- 
 civilized Indian tribes of South America, we 
 find such differentiations. . . . By such a 
 trade, products may be distributed over extra-
 
 132 THE STATE 
 
 ordinary distances, not in any direct way 
 through professional traders, but through a 
 gradual passing along from tribe to tribe. 
 The origin of such a trade, as Buecher has 
 shown, is to be traced back to the exchange of 
 guest-gifts." ^^ 
 
 Besides this exchange of guest-gifts, a trade 
 may grow from the peace offerings which ad- 
 versaries after a fight exchange as a sign of 
 reconciliation. Sartorius reports on Poly- 
 nesia: "After a war between different 
 islands, the peace offerings for each group 
 were something novel; and if the present and 
 return present pleased both parties, a repeti- 
 tion took place, and thus again the way for 
 exchange of products was opened. But, these, 
 in contrast to guest-gifts, were the bases of 
 continuing intercourse. Here, in place of the 
 contact of individuals, tribes and peoples met. 
 Women are the first object of barter; they 
 form the connecting link between strange 
 tribes, and according to evidence from many 
 sources, women are exchanged for cattle." ^^ 
 
 We meet here an object of trade, exchange-
 
 MARITIME STATE 133 
 
 able even without "international division of 
 labor." And it appears as though the ex- 
 change of women had, in many ways, smoothed 
 the way for the traffic in merchandise, as 
 though it had been the first step toward the 
 peaceable integration of tribes, which accom- 
 panied the warlike integration of the formation 
 of the State. Lippert, however, believes that 
 the peaceful eoccliange of fire antedates this 
 barter."^^ Conceding that this custom is very 
 ancient, he can nevertheless trace it only from 
 rudiments of observances and of law ; and since 
 proof is no longer accessible, we shall not pur- 
 sue the question further in this place. 
 
 On the other hand, the exchange of women 
 is observed universally, and doubtless exerts an 
 extraordinarily strong influence in the de- 
 velopment of peaceable intercourse between 
 neighboring tribes, and in the preparation for 
 barter of merchandise. The story of the Sa- 
 bine women, who threw themselves between 
 their brothers and their husbands, as these were 
 about to engage in battle, must have hQan an 
 actuality in a thousand instances in the course
 
 134 THE STATE 
 
 of the development of the human race. All 
 over the world, the marriage of near relatives 
 is considered an outrage, as "incest," for 
 reasons not within the scope of this book/* 
 This directs the sexual longing toward the 
 women of neighboring tribes, and thus makes 
 the loot of women a part of the primary inter- 
 tribal relations ; and in nearly all cases, unless 
 strong f eehngs of race counteract it, the violent 
 carrying off of women is gradually commuted 
 to barter and purchase, the custom resulting 
 from the relative undesirability of the women 
 of one's own blood in comparison to the wives 
 to be had from other tribes. 
 
 Where division of labor made at all possible 
 the exchange of goods, the relations among the 
 various tribes would thereafter be made serv- 
 iceable to it; the exogamic groups gradually 
 become accustomed regularly to meet on a 
 peaceful basis. The peace, originally protect- 
 ing the horde of blood relations, thereafter 
 comes to be extended over a wider circle. One 
 example from numberless instances: "Each 
 of the two Camerun tribes has its own 'bush
 
 MARITIME STATE 135 
 
 countries,' places where its own tribesmen 
 trade, and where, by intermarriage, they have 
 relatives. Here also exogamy shows its tribe- 
 linking power." 
 
 These are the principal lines of growth of 
 peaceful barter and traffic; from the right to 
 hospitality and the exchange of women, per- 
 haps also from the exchange of fire, to the 
 trade in commodities. In addition to this, 
 markets and fairs, and perhaps also traders, 
 were almost uniformly regarded as being under 
 the protection of a god who preserved peace 
 and avenged its violation. Thus we have 
 brought the fundamentals of this most impor- 
 tant sociological factor to the point where the 
 political means enters as a cause to disturb, re- 
 arrange, and then to develop and affect the 
 creations of the economic means. 
 
 (b) TRADE AND THE PRIMITIVE STATE 
 
 There are two very important reasons why 
 the robber-warrior should not unduly interfere 
 with such markets and fairs as he may find 
 within his conquered domain.
 
 136 THE STATE 
 
 The first, which is extra-economic, is the 
 superstitious fear that the godhead will avenge 
 a breach of the peace. The second, which is 
 economic, and probably is the more important 
 — and I think I am the first to point out this 
 connection — is that the conquerors can not well 
 do without the markets. 
 
 The booty of the primitive victors consists 
 of much property which is unavailable for their 
 immediate use and consumption. Since valu- 
 able articles at that period exist in but few 
 forms, while these few occur in large quantity, 
 the "marginal utility" of any one kind is held 
 very low. This applies especially to the most 
 important product of the political means, 
 slaves. Let us first take up the case of the 
 herdsman: his need of slaves is limited by the 
 size of his herds ; he is very likely to exchange 
 his surplus for other objects of greater value to 
 him: for salt, ornaments, arms, metals, woven 
 materials, utensils, etc. For that reason, the 
 herdsman is not only at all times a robber, al- 
 ways in addition he is a merchant and trader 
 and he protects trade.
 
 MARITIME STATE 137 
 
 He protects trade coming his way in order 
 to exchange his loot against the products of 
 another civilization — from the earliest times, 
 nomads have convoyed the caravans passing 
 through their steppes or deserts in considera- 
 tion of protection money^ — but he also protects 
 trade even in places conquered by him in pre- 
 historic times. Quite the same sort of consid- 
 eration which influenced the herdsmen to 
 change from bear stage to bee-keeper stage, 
 must have influenced them to maintain and 
 protect ancient markets and fairs. One 
 single looting, in this case, would mean killing 
 the hen that lays the golden eggs. It is more 
 profitable to preserve the market and rather to 
 extend the prevailing peace over it, since there 
 is not only the profit to be had from an ex- 
 change of foreign wares against loot, but also 
 the protection money, the lords' toll, to be col- 
 lected. For that reason princes of feudal 
 states of every stage of development extended 
 over markets, highways and merchants, their 
 especial protection, the "king's peace," often 
 indeed reserving to themselves the monopoly
 
 138 THE STATE 
 
 of foreign trade. Everywhere we see them 
 busily engaged in calling into being new fairs 
 and cities by the grant of protection and im- 
 munity. 
 
 This interest in the system of fairs and mar- 
 kets makes it thoroughly credible that tribes 
 of herdsmen respected existing market places 
 in their sphere of influence to such an extent 
 that they suspended the exertion of the politi- 
 cal means so completely as not even to exer- 
 cise "dominion" over them. The story told by 
 Herodotus is inherently probable, though he 
 was astonished that the Argippseans had a 
 sacred market amidst the lawless Scythian 
 herdsmen, and that their unarmed inhabitants 
 were effectively protected through the hal- 
 lowed peace of their market place. Many sim- 
 ilar phenomena make this the more easily be- 
 lievable. 
 
 "No one dare harm them, since they are con- 
 sidered holy; and yet they have no arms ; but it 
 is they who allay the quarrels of their neigh- 
 bors, and whoever has escaped to them as a
 
 MARITIME STATE 139 
 
 runaway may not be touched by any other 
 man." "'^ Similar instances are found fre- 
 quently: "It is always the same story of the 
 Argippgeans, the story of the 'holy,' 'unarmed,' 
 *just,' bartering, and strife-settling tribelet in 
 the midst of a Bedouin-like, nomadic popula- 
 tion." "'" Care may be taken as an example of 
 a higher type. Strabo says of its inhabitants : 
 "The Greeks thought highly of their bravery 
 and justice, because although powerful in a 
 great degree, they abstained from robbery." 
 Mommsen, who quotes this passage, adds: 
 "This does not exclude piracy, which was en- 
 gaged in by the merchants of Caere as well as 
 by all other merchants, but rather that Ceere 
 was a sort of free harbor for the Phoenicians as 
 for the Greeks." '^ 
 
 Cffire is not like the fair of the Argippgeans, 
 a market place in the interior of a district of 
 land nomads, but is in the midst of a domain of 
 sea nomads, a port endowed with its own peace. 
 This is one of those typical formations whose 
 importance, in my estimation, has not been ap-
 
 140 THE STATE 
 
 preciated at its real value. They have, it 
 seems to me, exercised a mighty influence on 
 the genesis of maritime states. 
 
 Those reasons by which we saw the land no- 
 mads forced to preserve, if not to create, 
 market places, must with even more intensity, 
 have coerced the sea nomads to similar de- 
 meanor. For the transportation of loot, espe- 
 cially of herds and of slaves, is difficult and 
 dangerous on the trails across the desert or the 
 steppes: the slow progress invites pursuit. 
 But with war-canoe and "'dragon-ship" this 
 transportation is easy and safe. For that rea- 
 son, the Viking is even much more a trader 
 and merchant than is the herdsman. As is 
 said in Faust, "War, Commerce, and Piracy 
 are inseparable." 
 
 (c) THE GENESIS OF THE MARITIME STATE 
 
 In many cases, I believe, trade in the loot of 
 piracy is the origin of those cities around which, 
 as political centers, the city-states of the an- 
 tique or Mediterranean civilization grew up; 
 while in very many other cases, the same trade
 
 MARITIME STATE 141 
 
 cooperated to bring them to the same point of 
 political development. 
 
 These harbor markets developed from prob- 
 ably two general types : they grew up either as 
 piratical fortresses directly and intentionally 
 placed in hostile territory, or else as "merchant 
 colonies" based on treaty rights in the harbors 
 of foreign primitive or developed feudal states. 
 
 Of the first type, we have a number of im- 
 portant examples from ancient history which 
 correspond exactly to the fourth stage of our 
 scheme, where an armed colony of pirates 
 plants itself down at a commercially and stra- 
 tegically defendable point on the seacoast of a 
 foreign state. The most notable instance is 
 Carthage; and in like manner, the Greek sea 
 nomads, lonians, Dorians and Achaans, set- 
 tled in their sea castles on the Adriatic and 
 Tyrrhenian coasts of Southern Italy, on the 
 islands of these seas, and on the gulfs of South- 
 ern Gaul. Phoenicians, Etruscans,* Greeks, 
 
 * Whether the Etruscans were immigrants into Italy by land 
 who took up piracy after having made war successfully on 
 land, or whether as sea nomads they had already settled the
 
 142 THE STATE 
 
 and according to modern investigation, Cari- 
 ans, all about the Mediterranean, founded their 
 *'States" after the same type, with identical 
 class division into masters and servile peas- 
 antry of the neighboring territory J ^ 
 
 Some of these states on the coast developed 
 into feudal states of the type of the territorial 
 states; and the master class then became a 
 landed aristocracy. The factors in this change 
 were: first, geographical conditions, lack of 
 good harbors, and a wide stretch of hinterland 
 cultivated by peaceful peasants ; and secondly, 
 very probably, the acquired organization into 
 classes taken with them from their original 
 homes. In many cases, they were fugitive 
 nobles, the vanquished of domestic feuds, or 
 younger sons, sometimes an entire generation 
 of youth of both sexes, who thus started "on 
 the viking," and having at home had lands and 
 serfs, as petty lords, they again sought in for- 
 eign lands what they regarded as their due. 
 The occupation of England by the Anglo- 
 country along the sea named after them, has not been deter- 
 mined.
 
 MARITIME STATE 143 
 
 Saxons, and of Southern Italy by the Nor- 
 mans, are examples of this method; so too are 
 the Spanish and Portuguese colonizations of 
 Mexico and of South America. The Achaean 
 colonies of Greater Greece in Southern Italy 
 furnish additional and very important in- 
 stances of this development of territorial feu- 
 dal states by sea nomads: "This Achsean 
 League of cities was a true colonization. The 
 cities were without harbors — Croton only had 
 a fair roadstead — and were without any trade 
 of their own; the Sybarite could boast of his 
 growing gray in his water town between his 
 home bridges, while buying and selling were 
 carried on by Milesians and Etruscans. On 
 the other hand, the Greeks in this region not 
 only controlled the fringe of the shore, but 
 ruled from sea to sea ; . . . the native agricul- 
 tural inhabitants were forced into a relation of 
 clientage or serfdom, and were required to 
 work the farms of their masters or to pay trib- 
 ute to them." ^" It is probable that most of 
 the Doric colonies in Crete were similarly or- 
 ganized.
 
 144 THE STATE 
 
 But in the course of universal history these 
 ^'territorial states," whether they arose more 
 or less frequently, did not acquire any such 
 importance as did those maritime cities which 
 devoted their principal energies to commerce 
 and to privateering. Mommsen contrasts in 
 distinct and well chosen sentences the Acheean 
 landed squire with the "royal merchants" of 
 the Greek Colonies in Southern Italy: "In 
 no way did they spurn agriculture or the in- 
 crease of ten-itory; the Greeks were not satis- 
 fied, at least not after they became powerful, to 
 remain within the confined space of a fortified 
 commercial factory in the midst of the country 
 of the barbarians, as the Phoenicians had done. 
 Their cities were founded primarily and ex- 
 clusively for purposes of trade, and unlike the 
 Achaean colonies, were universally situated at 
 the best harbors and landing places." ®^ We 
 are certain, in the case of the Ionic colonies, 
 and may well assume it for the other cases, that 
 the founders of these cities were not landed 
 squires, but seafaring merchants. 
 
 But such maritime states or cities, in the
 
 MARITIME STATE 145 
 
 strict sense, came into being not only through 
 warhke conquest, but also through peaceable 
 beginnings, by a more or less mixed penetror 
 tion padfique. 
 
 Where, however, the Vikings did not meet 
 peaceable peasants, but feudal states in the 
 primitive stage, willing to fight, they offered 
 and accepted terms of peace and settled down 
 as colonies of merchants. 
 
 We know of such cases from every part of 
 the world, in harbors and on markets held on 
 shore. To take the instances with which Ger- 
 mans are most conversant, there are the settle- 
 ments of North German merchants in 
 countries along the German ocean and the 
 Baltic Sea, the German Steel Yard in London, 
 the Hansa in Sweden and Norway, on the 
 Island of Schonen, and in Russia, at Novgo- 
 rod. In Wilna, the capital of the Grand 
 Dukes of Lithuania, there was such a colony; 
 and the Fondaco dei Tedeschi in Venice is an- 
 other example of a similar institution. The 
 strangers in nearly every instance settle down 
 as a compact mass, subject to their own laws
 
 146 THE STATE 
 
 and their own jurisdiction. They often ac- 
 quire great political influence, sometimes ex- 
 tending to dominion over the state. One 
 would think the following tale of Ratzel, con- 
 cerning the coast and islands of the Indian 
 Ocean, were a contemporaneous narrative of 
 the Phoenician or Greek invasion of the Med- 
 iterranean at about 1,000 B. C: "Whole na- 
 tions have, so to say, been liquefied by trade, 
 especially the proverbially clever, zealous, om- 
 nipresent Malays of Simiatra; as well as the 
 treacherous Bugi of Celebes. These can be 
 met with at every place from Singapore to 
 New Guinea. Latterly, especially in Borneo, 
 they have immigrated in masses on the call of 
 the Borneo chieftains. Their influence was so 
 strong that they were permitted to govern 
 themselves according to their own laws, and 
 they felt themselves so strong that repeatedly 
 they attempted to achieve independence. The 
 Achinese formerly occupied a similar position. 
 Malacca had been made the principal mart by 
 Malays from Sumatra, and after its decline, 
 Achin became the most frequented harbor of
 
 MARITIME STATE 147 
 
 this distant east, especially for the first quarter 
 of the seventeenth century, the pivotal period 
 of the development of that corner of the 
 world." ^^ The following, from among num- 
 berless instances, demonstrate the universality 
 of this form of settlement: "In Urga, where 
 they politically dominate, the merchants are 
 crowded together into a separate Chinese 
 Town." ^^ In the Jewish States there were 
 "small colonies of foreign merchants and me- 
 chanics, set apart in distinct quarters of the 
 cities. Here, under the king's protection, they 
 could live according to their own religious cus- 
 toms." ^* We may also compare with this, 
 First Kings XX, 34. "King Omri of Ephraim 
 was forced by the military success of his oppo- 
 nent, the King of Damascus, to grant to the 
 Aramaic merchants the use of certain parts of 
 the city of Samaria, where under royal protec- 
 tion they could trade. Later, when the turn of 
 war favored his successor, Ahab, the latter de- 
 manded the same privilege for the Ephraimitic 
 merchants in Damascus." ^^ "The inhabitants 
 of Italy, wherever they were, held together as
 
 148 THE STATE 
 
 solid and organized masses, the soldiers as le- 
 gionaries, the merchants of all large cities as 
 corporations; while the Roman citizens domi- 
 ciled or dwelling in the various provincial cir- 
 cuits, were organized as a 'convention of 
 Roman citizens' with their own communal gov- 
 ernment." ^^ We may recall the mediaeval 
 Ghettos, which, before the great persecution of 
 the Jews in the IVIiddle Ages, were similar 
 merchant colonies. The settlements of Euro- 
 peans in the ports of strong foreign empires 
 at the present time show similar corporate or- 
 ganizations, having their own constitution and 
 (consular) jurisdiction. China, Turkey and 
 Morocco must continue to bear this mark of 
 inferiority, while recently Japan has been able 
 to rid herself of that badge. 
 
 The most interesting point about these col- 
 onies, at least for our study, consists in their 
 general tendency to extend their political 
 influence into complete domination. And 
 there is good reason for this. Merchants have 
 a mass of movable wealth, which is likely to be 
 used as a decisive factor in the political up-
 
 MARITIME STATE 149 
 
 heavals constantly disturbing all feudal states, 
 be it in international wars between two neigh- 
 boring states, or in intra-national fights, such 
 as wars of succession. In addition to this 
 the colonists, in many cases, may rely on 
 the power of their home state, basing their 
 claim on ties of blood and on uncommonly 
 strong commercial interests; while there is 
 besides, the fact that in many cases they 
 have in their warlike sailor-folk and their nu- 
 merous slaves an effective and compact force 
 of their own, capable of accomplishing much 
 in a limited sphere. 
 
 The following story of the role played by 
 Arab merchants in East Africa appears to me 
 to show a historical type heretofore not suffi- 
 ciently appreciated: "When Speke, as the 
 first European, made this trip in 1857, the 
 Arabs were merchants, living as aliens in the 
 land. When in 1861 he passed the same way, 
 the Arabs resembled great landed proprietors 
 with rich estates and were waging war with 
 the native territorial ruler. This process, re- 
 peatedly found in many other regions in the
 
 150 THE STATE 
 
 interior of Africa, is the necessary consequence 
 of the balance of power. The foreign mer- 
 chants, be they Arabs or Suaheli, ask the privi- 
 lege of transit and pay tribute for it; they 
 establish warehouses, which the chiefs favor, 
 as these seem both to satisfy their vanity and 
 to extend their connections ; then incurring the 
 suspicion, oppression and persecution of the 
 chiefs, the merchants refuse to pay the rack 
 tolls and dues, which have grown with their 
 increased prosperity. At last, in one of the 
 inevitable fights for the succession, the Arabs 
 take the side of one pretender if he is pliable 
 enough, and are thus brought into internal 
 quarrels of the country and take part in the 
 often endless wars." ^"^ 
 
 This political activity of the merchant deni- 
 zens (metoikoi) is a constantly recurring type. 
 "In Borneo there developed from the settle- 
 ments of Chinese gold diggers separate 
 states." ^® Properly speaking, the entire his- 
 tory of colonization by Europeans is a series 
 of examples of the law that, with any superior 
 force, the factories and larger settlements of
 
 MARITIME STATE 151 
 
 foreigners tend to grow into domination, unless 
 they approximate to the primal type of simple 
 piracy, such as the Spanish and Portuguese 
 conquests, or the East India Companies, both 
 the English and the Dutch. "There lies a 
 robber state beside the ocean, between the 
 Rhine and the Scheldt," are the accusing words 
 of the Dutch Multatuli. All East Asiatic, 
 American and African colonies of all Euro- 
 pean peoples arose as one or the other of these 
 two types. 
 
 But the aliens do not always obtain uncon- 
 ditional mastery. Sometimes the host state 
 is too strong, and the newcomers remain politi- 
 cally powerless but protected aliens; as, for 
 example, the Germans in England. Some- 
 times the host state, although subjugated, be- 
 comes strong enough to shake off the foreign 
 domination ; so, for instance, Sweden drove out 
 the Hanseats who had imposed on her their 
 sovereignty. In some cases, a conqueror over- 
 comes both merchants and host state, and 
 subjugates both; as happened to the republics 
 of Novgorod and Pskov, when the Russians
 
 152 THE STATE 
 
 annexed them. In many cases, however, the 
 rich foreigners and the domestic nobihty amal- 
 gamate into one group of rulers, following the 
 type of the formation of territorial states, in 
 which we saw this take place whenever two 
 about equally strong groups of rulers came 
 into conflict. It seems to me that this last 
 named situation is the most probable assump- 
 tion for the genesis of the most important city 
 states of antiquity, for the Greek maritime 
 cities, and for Rome. 
 
 Of Greek history, to use the terms of Kurt 
 Breysig, we know only the "Middle Ages," 
 of Roman history, only its "Modern Times." 
 For the matters that preceded, we must be 
 extremely careful in drawing deductions from 
 fancied analogies. But it seems to me that 
 enough facts are proved and admitted to per- 
 mit the conclusion that Athens, Corinth, 
 Mycenae, Rome, etc., became states in the man- 
 ner already set forth. And this would follow, 
 even if the data from all known demography 
 and general history were not of such universal 
 validity as to permit the conclusion in itself.
 
 MARITIME STATE 153 
 
 We know accurately from the names of 
 places (Salamis: Island of Peace, equivalent 
 to Market-Island), from the names of heroes, 
 from monuments, and from immediate tradi- 
 tion, that in many Greek harbors there existed 
 Phoenician factories, while the hinterland was 
 occupied by small feudal states with the typ- 
 ical articulation of nobles, common freemen, 
 and slaves. It can not seriously be disputed 
 that the development of the city states was 
 powerfully advanced by foreign influences; 
 and this is true, though no specific evidence can 
 be adduced to show that any of the Phoenician, 
 or of the still more powerful Carian merchants 
 were either allowed to intermarry with the 
 families of the resident nobility, or were made 
 full citizens, or finally even became princes. 
 
 The same applies to Rome, concerning which 
 Mommsen, a cautious author, states: "Rome 
 owes its importance, if not its origin, to these 
 commercial and strategic relations. Evidence 
 of this is found in many traces of far greater 
 value than the tales of historical novels pre- 
 tending to be authentic. Take an instance of
 
 154 THE STATE 
 
 the primaeval relations existing between Rome 
 and Csere, which was for Etruria what Rome 
 was for Latium, and thereafter was its nearest 
 neighbor and commercial friend ; or the micom- 
 mon importance attributed to the bridge over 
 Tiber and the bridge building (Pontifex Maxi- 
 mus) in every part of the Roman State; or 
 the galley in the municipal coat of arms. To 
 this source may be traced the primitive Roman 
 harbor dues to which, from early times, only 
 those goods were subject which were intended 
 for sale (promercale) and not what entered 
 the harbor of Ostia, for the proper use of the 
 charterer (usuarium) , and which constituted 
 therefore an impost on trade. For that reason 
 we find the comparatively early use of minted 
 money, and the commercial treaties of states 
 oversea with Rome. In this sense, then, 
 Rome may, as the story of its origin states, 
 have been rather a created than a developed 
 city, and among the Latin cities rather the 
 youngest than the eldest." ^^ 
 
 It would require the work of a lifetime of 
 historical research to investigate these possi-
 
 MARITIME STATE 155 
 
 bilities, or rather these probabilities; and then 
 to write the constitutional history of these pre- 
 eminently important city states, and to draw 
 thence the very necessary conclusions. It 
 seems to me that along this path there would 
 be found much information on many an 
 obscure question, such as the Etruscan do- 
 minion in Rome, or the origin of the rich fami- 
 lies of Plebeians, or concerning the Athenian 
 metoihoi, and many other problems. 
 
 Here we can only follow the thread which 
 holds out the hope of leading us through the 
 labyrinth of historical tradition to the issue. 
 
 (d) ESSENCE AND ISSUE OF THE MARITIME 
 
 STATES 
 
 All these are true "States" in the sociologic 
 sense, whether they arose from the fortresses 
 of sea-robbers, or from harbors of original land 
 nomads as merchant colonies which obtained 
 dominion or which amalgamated with the dom- 
 inating group of the host people. For they 
 are nothing but the organization of the politi- 
 cal means, their form is domination, their con-
 
 156 THE STATE 
 
 tent the economic exploitation of the subject 
 by the master group. 
 
 So far as the principle is concerned, they 
 are not to be diiFerentiated from the States 
 founded by land nomads; and yet they have 
 taken a different form, both from internal and 
 external reasons, and show a different psy- 
 chology of classes. 
 
 One must not believe that class feeling was 
 at all different in these and in the territorial 
 states. Here as there the master class looks 
 down with the same contempt on the subjects, 
 on the ^'Rantuses," on the "man with, the blue 
 fingernails," as the German patrician in the 
 Middle Ages looked on a being with whom, 
 even when free born, no intermarriage or 
 social intercourse was permitted. Little in- 
 deed does the class theory of the xaXo- 
 xdyadde (well-born) or of the patricians 
 (children of ancestors) differ from that of the 
 country squires. But other circumstances 
 here bring about differences, consonant, 
 naturally, with class interests. In any district 
 ruled by merchants, highway robbery can not
 
 MARITIME STATE 15T 
 
 be tolerated, and therefore it is considered, e. 
 g., among the maritime Greeks, a vulgar 
 crime. The tale of Theseus would not in a 
 territorial state have been pointed against 
 the highwaymen. On the other hand, "piracy 
 was regarded by them, in most remote times, as 
 a trade nowise dishonorable ... of which 
 ample proof may be found in the Homeric 
 poems ; while at a much later period Polycrates 
 had organized a well developed robber-state 
 on the Island of Samos." "In the Corpus 
 Juris, mention is made of a law of Solon in 
 which the association of pirates (inc Xt'tav oi-^ofievoc) 
 is recognized as a permissible company." ^^ 
 But quite apart from such details, men- 
 tioned only because they serve to cast a clear 
 light on the growth of the "ideologic super- 
 structure," * the basic conditions of existence 
 of maritime states, utterly different from those 
 of territorial states, called into being two ex- 
 ceedingly important phenomena, which are of 
 
 * How characteristic of these relations it is that Great 
 Britain, the only "maritime state" of Europe, even at this 
 present day will not surrender the right to arm privateers.
 
 158 THE STATE 
 
 universal historical importance, viz., the 
 growth of a democratic constitution, whereby 
 the gigantic contest between the sultanism of 
 the Orient and the civic freedom of the West 
 was to be fought out (according to Mommsen 
 the true content of universal history) ; and in 
 the second place the development of capital- 
 istic slave-work, which in the end was to anni- 
 hilate all these states. 
 
 Let us first consider the inner or socio-psy- 
 chological causes of this contrast between the 
 territorial and the maritime state. 
 
 States are maintained by the same principle 
 from which they arise. Conquest of land and 
 populations is the ratio essendi of a territorial 
 state; and by the repeated conquest of lands 
 and populations it must grow, until its natural 
 growth is checked by mountain ranges, desert, 
 or ocean, or its sociological bounds are de- 
 termined by contact with other states of its 
 own kind, which it can not subjugate. The 
 maritime state, on the other hand, came into 
 being from piracy and trade; and through 
 these two means, it must strive to extend its
 
 MARITIME STATE 159 
 
 power. For this purpose, no extended terri- 
 tory need be absolutely subjected to its sway. 
 There is no need to carry its development be- 
 yond the first five stages. The maritime states 
 rarely, and only when compelled, proceed be- 
 yond the fifth stage, and attain to complete 
 intra-nationality and amalgamation. Usually, 
 it is enough if other sea nomads and traders 
 are kept away, if the monopoly of robbery and 
 trade is secured, and if the "subjects" are kept 
 quiet by forts and garrisons. Important 
 places of production are, of course, actually 
 "dominated"; and this applies especially to 
 mines, to a few fertile grain belts, to woods 
 with good lumber, to salt works, and to im- 
 portant fisheries. Domination here, there- 
 fore, means permanent administration, by 
 making the subjects work these for the ruling 
 class. It is only later in the development, that 
 there arises a taste for "lands and serfs" and 
 large domains for the ruling class beyond the 
 confines of the narrow and original limits of 
 the State. This happens when the maritime 
 state by the incorporation of subjugated terri-
 
 160 THE STATE 
 
 tories has become a mixture of the territorial 
 and the maritime forms. But even in that case, 
 and in contradistinction to territorial states, 
 large landed properties are merely a source 
 of money rentals, and are in nearly all cases 
 administered as absentee-property. This we 
 find in Carthage and in the later Roman Em- 
 pire. 
 
 The interests of the master class, which in 
 the maritime state as well as in every other 
 state, governs according to its own advantage, 
 are different from those in the territorial state. 
 In the latter the feudal territorial magnate is 
 powerful because of his ownership of lands and 
 people; while conversely, the patrician of the 
 maritime city is powerful because of his wealth. 
 The territorial magnate can dominate his 
 *'State" only by the number of men-at-arms 
 maintained by him, and in order to have as 
 many of these as possible, he must increase his 
 territory as much as possible. The patrician, 
 on the other hand, can control his "state" only 
 by movable wealth, with which he can hire 
 strong arms or bribe weak souls; such wealth
 
 MARITIME STATE 161 
 
 is won faster by piracy and by trade than by 
 land wars and the possession of large estates 
 in distant territories. Furthermore, in order 
 thoroughly to use such property, he would be 
 obliged to leave his city to settle down on it, 
 and to become a regular squire; because in a 
 period when money has not yet become gen- 
 eral, where a profitable division of labor be- 
 tween town and country has not yet come 
 about, the exploitation of large estates can 
 only be carried on by actually consuming their 
 products, and absentee ownership as a source 
 of income is inconceivable. Thus far, how- 
 ever, we have not reached that portion of the 
 development. We are still examining primi- 
 tive conditions. 'No patrician of any city state 
 would, at this time, think of leaving his lively 
 rich home, in order to bury himself among bar- 
 barians, and thus with one move cut himself 
 off in his state from any political role. All his 
 economic, social and political interests impel 
 him with one accord toward maritime ventures. 
 Not landed property, but movable capital, is 
 the sinew of his hfe.
 
 162 THE STATE 
 
 These were the moving causes of the actions 
 of the master class in the maritime cities; and 
 even where geographical conditions permitted 
 an extensive expansion beyond the adjoining 
 hinterland of these cities, they turned the 
 weight of effort toward sea-power rather than 
 toward territorial growth. Even in the case 
 of Carthage, its colossal territory was of far 
 less importance to it than its maritime in- 
 terests. Primarily it conquered Sicily and 
 Corsica more in order to check the competition 
 of the Greek and Etruscan traders than for 
 the sake of owning these islands; it extended 
 its territories toward the Lybians largely to 
 insure the security of its other home posses- 
 sions ; and finally, when it conquered Spain, its 
 ultimate reason was the need of owning the 
 mines. The history of the Hansa shows many 
 points of similarity to the above. The major- 
 ity of these maritime cities, moreover, were not 
 capable of subjugating a large district. Even 
 had there been the will to conquer, there were 
 extraneous, geographical conditions that hin- 
 dered. All along the Mediterranean, with the
 
 MARITIME STATE 163 
 
 exception of some few places, the coastal plain 
 is extremely narrow, a small strip fenced off 
 by high mountain ranges. That was one 
 cause which prevented most of the states 
 grouped about some trading harbor from grow- 
 ing to anything like the size we should nat- 
 urally assume to be probable; while in the 
 open country, ruled by herdsmen, and this very 
 early, immense realms came into being. The 
 second cause for the small begumings of these 
 states is found in this, that the Mnterland 
 whether in the hills or on the few plains of the 
 Mediterranean was occupied by warlike tribes. 
 These tribesmen, either hunters or warlike 
 herdsmen, or else primitive feudal states of the 
 same master race as the sea nomads, were not 
 likely to be subjugated without a severe con- 
 test. Thus in Greece the interior was saved 
 from the maritime states. 
 
 For these reasons the maritime State, even 
 when most developed, always remains central- 
 ized, one is tempted to say centered, on its 
 trading harbor; while the territorial State, 
 strongly decentralized from the start, for a
 
 164 THE STATE 
 
 long time continues to develop as it expands 
 a still more pronounced decentralization. 
 Later, we shall see how this is affected by the 
 adoption of those forms of government and of 
 economic achievement which first were per- 
 fected in the "city-state," and which thus 
 obtained the strength to counteract the centrif- 
 ugal forces, and to build up the central organ- 
 ization which is characteristic of our modern 
 states. This is the first great contrast between 
 the two forms of the State. 
 
 No less decisive is the second point of con- 
 trast, whereby the territorial State remains 
 tied up to natural economies as opposed to 
 money economies, toward which the maritime 
 State quickly turns. This contrast grows 
 also out of the basic conditions of their ex- 
 istence. 
 
 Wherever a State lives in natural economy, 
 money is a superfluous luxury — so superfluous 
 that an economy developed to the use of money 
 retrogrades again into a system of payments 
 in kind as soon as the community drops back 
 into the primitive form. Thus after Charle-
 
 MARITIME STATE 165 
 
 magne had issued good coins, the economic 
 situation expelled them. Neustria — not to 
 mention Austrasia — under the stress of the 
 migration of the peoples reverted to payment in 
 kind. Such a system can well do without 
 money as a standard of values, since it is with- 
 out any developed intercourse and traffic. The 
 lord's tenants furnish as tribute those things 
 that the lord and his followers consume imme- 
 diately; while his ornaments, fine fabrics, dam- 
 ascened anms, or rare horses, salt, etc., are 
 procured in exchange with wandering mer- 
 chants for slaves, wax, furs and other products 
 of a warlike economic system of exchange in 
 kind. 
 
 In city life, at any advanced stage of de- 
 velopment, it is impossible to exist without a 
 common measure of values. The free me- 
 chanic in a city can not, except in rare cases, 
 find some other craftsman in need of the spe- 
 cial thing which he produces, prepared to con- 
 sume it immediately. Then, too, in cities 
 the inevitable retail trade in food products, 
 where every one must purchase nearly every-
 
 166 THE STATE 
 
 thing required, makes the use of coined 
 money quite inevitable. It is impossible 
 to conduct trade in its more limited sense, 
 not between merchant and customers, but 
 between merchant and merchant, without hav- 
 ing a common measure of value. Imagine 
 the case of a trader entering a port with a 
 cargo of slaves, wishiug to take cloth as a re- 
 turn cargo, and finding a cloth merchant who 
 at the time may not want slaves but iron, or 
 cattle, or furs. To accomplish this exchange, 
 at least a dozen intermediate trades would 
 have to take place before the object could be 
 achieved. That can be avoided only if there 
 exists some one commodity desired by all. In 
 the system of payment in kind of the terri- 
 torial states this may be taken by cattle or 
 horses, since they may be used by any one at 
 some time; but the ship owner can not load 
 with cattle as a means of payment, and 
 thus gold and silver become recognized as 
 "money." 
 
 From centralization and from the use of 
 money, which are the necessary properties of
 
 MARITIME STATE 167 
 
 the maritime or the dty State, as we shall here- 
 after call it, its fate follows of necessity. 
 
 The psychology of the townsman, and espe- 
 cially of the dweller in the maritime com- 
 mercial city, is radically different from that 
 of the countryman. His point of view is freer 
 and more inclusive, even though it be more 
 superficial ; he is livelier, because more impres- 
 sions strike him in a day than a peasant in a 
 year. He becomes used to constant changes 
 and news, and thus is always novarum rerum 
 cupidus. He is more remote from nature and 
 less dependent on it than is the peasant, and 
 therefore he has less fear of "ghosts." One 
 consequence of this is that an underling in a 
 city State is less apt to regard the "taboo" reg- 
 ulations imposed on him by the first and second 
 estates of rulers. And as he is compelled to 
 hve in compact masses with his fellow subjects, 
 he early finds his strength in numbers, so that 
 he becomes more unruly and seditious than the 
 serf who lives in such isolation that he never 
 becomes conscious of the mass to which he be- 
 longs and ever remains under the impression
 
 168 THE STATE 
 
 that his overlord with his followers would have 
 the upper hand in every fight. 
 
 This in itself brings about an ever progres- 
 sive dissolution of the rigid system of subordi- 
 nated groups first created by the feudal state. 
 In Greece the territorial states alone were able 
 to keep their subjects for a long time in a state 
 of subjection; Sparta its Helots, Thessaly its 
 Penestce. In all the city States, on the other 
 hand, we early find an uprising of the prole- 
 tariat against which the master class was un- 
 able to oppose an effective resistance. 
 
 The economic situation tends toward the 
 same result as the conditions of settlement. 
 Movable wealth had far less stability than 
 landed property : the sea is tricky, and the for- 
 tunes of maritime war and piracy not less so. 
 The rich man of to-day may lose all by a turn 
 of Fortune's wheel; while the poorest man 
 may, by the same swing, land on top. But in 
 a commonwealth based entirely on possessions, 
 loss of fortune brings with it loss of rank and 
 of "class," just as the converse takes place. 
 The rich Plebeian becomes the leader of the
 
 MARITIME STATE 169 
 
 mass of the people in their constitutional fight 
 for equal rights and places all his fortune at 
 risk in that struggle. The position of the pa- 
 tricians becomes untenable ; when coerced they 
 have ever conceded the claims of the lower 
 class. As soon as the first rich Plebeian has 
 been taken into their ranks, the right of rule 
 by birth, defended as a holy institution, has for- 
 ever become impossible. Henceforth it fol- 
 lows that what is fair for one is fair for the 
 other; and the aristocratic rule is followed first 
 by the plutocratic, then by the democratic, 
 finally by the ochlocratic regime, until either 
 foreign conquest or the "tyranny" of some 
 "Savior of the Sword" rescues the community 
 from chaos. 
 
 This end affects not only the State, but in 
 most cases its inhabitants so profoundly that 
 one may speak of a literal death of the peojjles, 
 caused by the capitalistic exploitation of slave 
 labor. This latter is a social institution inevi- 
 tably bound to exist in every state founded on 
 piracy and maritime ventures and thus coming 
 to use money as a means of exchange. In the
 
 170 THE STATE 
 
 primitive stages of feudalism, whence it was 
 derived, slavery was harmless, as is true in all 
 economic systems based on exchange and use 
 in kind, only to become an ulcerating cancer, 
 utterly destructive of the entire life of the 
 State as soon as it is exploited by the "capi- 
 talist" method, i. e., as soon as slave labor is 
 applied, not to be used in a system of a feudal 
 payment in kind, but to supply a market pay- 
 ing in money. 
 
 Numberless slaves are brought into the 
 country by piracy, privateering, or by the com- 
 mercial wars. The wealth of their owners per- 
 mits them to work the ground more intensively, 
 and the owners of realty within the confines 
 of the city limits draw ever increasing revenues 
 from their possessions, and become more and 
 more greedy of land. The small freeholder in 
 the country, overburdened by the taxes and 
 military service of wars waged in the interests 
 of this great merchant class, sinks into debt, 
 becomes a slave for debt, or migrates into the 
 city as a pauper. But even so there is no hope 
 for him, since the removal of the peasants has
 
 MARITIME STATE 171 
 
 damaged the craftsmen and small traders, for 
 the peasants were wont to purchase in the city, 
 while the great estates, constantly increasing 
 by the removal of the peasantry, supply their 
 own needs by their own slave products. The 
 evil attacks other parts of the body politic. 
 The remaining trades are gradually usurped 
 by masters exploiting slave labor, which is 
 cheaper than free labor. The middle class 
 thus goes to pieces; and a pauper, good-for- 
 nothing mob, a genuine "bob-tail proletariat" 
 comes into being, which, by reason of the dem- 
 ocratic constituton achieved in the interim, is 
 the sovereign of the commonwealth. The full 
 course, political as well as military, is then a 
 mere question of time. It may take place 
 without a foreign invasion; which, however, 
 usually sets in, when by reason of the physical 
 breakdown caused by the immense depopula- 
 tion, by the consumption of the people in its 
 literal sense, the final stage is attained. This 
 is the end of all these states. Within the scope 
 of this treatise we can not dilate on this phase. 
 Only one city State was able to maintain it-
 
 172 THE STATE 
 
 self througliout the centuries, because it was 
 the ultimate conqueror of all the others, and 
 because it was enabled to counteract the con- 
 sumption of population by the only method of 
 sanitation possible ; by extensive recreations of 
 middle class populations, both in cities and in 
 country districts, as well as by vast coloniza- 
 tions of peasants on lands taken from the 
 vanquished. 
 
 The Roman Empire was that state. But 
 even this gigantic organism finally succumbed 
 to the consumption of population, caused by 
 capitalistic slave exploitation. In the interval, 
 however, it had created the first imperium^ i. e., 
 the first tensely centralized state on a large 
 scale, and had overcome and amalgamated all 
 territorial states of both the Mediterranean 
 shores and its neighboring countries, and had 
 thereby for all time set before the world the 
 model of such an organized dominion. In ad- 
 dition to this it had developed the organization 
 of cities and of the system of money economy 
 to such an extent that they never were utterly 
 destroyed, even in the turmoil of the barbarian
 
 MARITIME STATE 173 
 
 migration. In consequence of this, the feudal 
 territorial states that occupied the territory of 
 the former Roman Empire either directly or 
 indirectly received those new impulses which 
 were to carry them beyond the condition of the 
 normal primitive feudal State,
 
 CHAPTER V 
 
 THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE FEUDAL STATE 
 (a) THE GENESIS OF LANDED PROPERTY 
 
 We now return, as stated above, to that 
 point where the primitive feudal State gave 
 rise to the city State as an offshoot, to follow 
 the upward growth of the main branch. As 
 the destiny of the city State was determined by 
 the agglomeration of that form of wealth about 
 which the State swung in its orbit, so the fate 
 of the territorial State is conditioned by that 
 agglomeration of wealth which in turn controls 
 its orbit, the ownership of landed property. 
 
 In the preceding, we followed the economic 
 differentiation in the case of the shepherd 
 tribes, and showed that even here the law of the 
 agglomeration about existing nuclei of wealth 
 begins to assert its efficacy, as soon as the polit- 
 ical means comes into play, be it in the form 
 
 174
 
 FEUDAL STATE 175 
 
 of wars for booty or still more in the form of 
 slavery. We saw that the tribe had differen- 
 tiated nobles and common freemen, beneath 
 whom slaves, being without any political 
 rights, are subordinated as a third class. 
 This differentiation of wealth is introduced 
 into the primitive state, and sharpens very 
 markedly the contrast of social rank. It be- 
 comes still more accentuated by settlement, 
 whereby private ownership in lands is created. 
 Doubtless there existed even at the time when 
 the primitive feudal state came into being, 
 great differences in the amount of lands pos- 
 sessed by individuals, especially if within the 
 tribe of herdsmen the separation had been 
 strongly marked between the prince-like 
 owners of large herds and many slaves, and the 
 poorer common freemen. These princes 
 occupy more land than do the small freemen. 
 At first, this happens quite harmlessly, and 
 without a trace of any consciousness of the fact 
 that extended possession of land will become 
 the means of a considerable increase of social 
 power and of wealth. Of this, there is at this
 
 176 THE STATE 
 
 time no question, since at this stage the com- 
 mon freemen would have been powerful 
 enough to prevent the formation of extended 
 landed estates had they known that it would 
 eventually do them harm. But no one could 
 have foreseen this possibility. Lands, in the 
 condition in which we are observing them, have 
 no value. For that reason the object and the 
 spoils of the contest were not the possession of 
 landSj but of the land and its peasants^, the lat- 
 ter being bound to the soil (glebce adscripti of 
 our later law) as labor substrat and labor mo- 
 tors, from the conjunction of which there 
 grows the object of the political means, viz., 
 ground rent. 
 
 Every one is at liberty to take as much of 
 the uncultivated land existing in masses as he 
 needs and will or can cultivate. It is quite as 
 unlikely that any one would care to measure 
 ojBf for another parts of an apparently limitless 
 supply, as that any one would apportion the 
 supply of atmospheric air. 
 
 The princes of the noble clans, probably 
 from the start, pursuant to the usage of the
 
 FEUDAL STATE 177 
 
 tribe of herdsmen, receive more "lands and 
 peasants" than do the conmion freemen. That 
 is their right as prmces, because of their posi- 
 tion as patriarchs, war lords, and captains 
 maintaining their warlike suites of half-free 
 persons, of servants, of clients, or of refugees. 
 This probably amounts to a considerable dif- 
 ference in the primitive amounts of land owner- 
 ship. But this is not all. The princes need a 
 larger surface of the "land without peasants'^ 
 than do the common freemen, because thev 
 bring with them their servants and slaves. 
 These have, however, no standing at law, and 
 are incapable, according to the universal con- 
 cepts of folk law, of acquiring title to landed 
 property. Since, however, they must have 
 land in order to live, their master takes it for 
 them, so as to settle them thereon. In conse- 
 quence of this, the richer the prince of the no- 
 mad tribe the more powerful the territorial 
 magnate becomes. 
 
 But this means that wealth, and with it 
 social rank, is consolidated more firmly and 
 more durably than in the stage of herdsman
 
 178 THE STATE 
 
 ownership. For the greatest herds may be 
 lost, but landed property is indestructible ; and 
 men bound to labor, bringing forth rentals, re- 
 produce their kind even after the most terrible 
 slaughter, even should they not be obtainable 
 full grown in slave hunts. 
 
 About this fixed nucleus of wealth, property 
 begins to agglomerate with increasing rapidity. 
 Harmless as was the first occupation, men must 
 soon recognize the fact that rental increases 
 with the number of slaves one can settle on the 
 unoccupied lands. Henceforth, the external 
 policy of the feudal state is no longer directed 
 toward the acquisition of land and peasants^ 
 but rather of peasants without land, to be car- 
 ried off home as serfs, and there to be colonized 
 anew. When the entire state carries on the 
 war or the robbing expedition, the nobles 
 obtain the lion's share. Very often, however, 
 they go off on their own account, followed only 
 by their suites, and then the common freeman, 
 staying at home, receives no share in the loot. 
 Thus the vicious circle constantly tends rapidly 
 to enlarge with the increasing wealth of the
 
 FEUDAL STATE 17& 
 
 lands owned by the nobles. The more slaves a 
 noble has, the more rental he can obtain. 
 With this, in turn, he can maintain a warlike 
 following, composed of servants, of lazy free- 
 men, and of refugees. With their help, he 
 can, in turn, drive in so many more slaves, to 
 increase his rentals. 
 
 This process takes place, even where some 
 central power exists, which, pursuant to the 
 general law of the people, has the right to dis- 
 pose of uncultivated lands ; while it is, in many 
 cases, not only by sufferance, but often by the 
 express sanction of that authority. As long as 
 the feudal magnate remains the submissive vas- 
 sal of the crown, it lies in the king's interest to 
 make him as strong as possible. By this means 
 his military suite, to be placed at the disposal 
 of the crown in times of war, is correspond- 
 ingly increased. We shall adduce only one il- 
 lustration to show that the necessary conse- 
 quence in universal history is not confined to 
 the well-known effect in the feudal states of 
 Western Europe, but follows from these prem- 
 ises even under totally different surroundings :
 
 180 THE STATE 
 
 "The principal service in Fiji consisted in war 
 duty; and if the outcome was successful it 
 meant new grants of lands, including therein 
 the denizens, as slaves, and thus led to the as- 
 sumption of new obligations." ^^ 
 
 This accumulation of landed property in 
 ever mcreasing quantity in the hands of the 
 landed nobility brings the primitive feudal 
 state of a higher stage to the "finished feudal 
 state" with a complete scale of feudal ranks. 
 
 Reference to a previous work by the author, 
 based on a study of the sources, will show the 
 same causal connection for German lands ; ^^ 
 and in that publication it was pointed out that 
 in all the instances noted a process takes place, 
 identical in its principal lines of development. 
 It is only on this line of reasoning that one can 
 explain the fact, to take Japan as an example, 
 that its feudal system developed into the pre- 
 cise details which are well known to the stu- 
 dents of European history, although Japan is 
 inhabited by a race fundamentally di£Ferent 
 from the Arians; and besides (a strong argu- 
 ment against giving too great weight to the
 
 FEUDAL STATE 181 
 
 materialistic view of history) the process of 
 agriculture is on a totally different technical 
 basis, since the Japanese are not cultivators 
 M^ith the plow, but with the hoe. 
 
 In this instance, as throughout this book, it 
 is not the fortune of a single people that is in- 
 vestigated; it is rather the object of the author 
 to narrate the typical development, the uni- 
 versal consequences, of the same basic traits of 
 mankind wherever they are placed. Presup- 
 posing a knowledge of the two most magnifi- 
 cent examples of the expanded feudal state, 
 Western Europe and Japan, we shall, in gen- 
 eral, limit ourselves to cases less well known, 
 and so far as possible give the preference to 
 material taken from ethnography, rather than 
 from history in its more restricted sense. 
 
 The process now to be narrated is a change, 
 gradually consummated but fimdamentally 
 revolutionary, of the political and social articu- 
 lation of the primitive feudal state : the central 
 authority loses its political power to the terri- 
 torial nobility, the common freeman sinks from 
 Ms status, while the ''subject" mounts.
 
 182 THE STATE 
 
 (b) THE CENTRAL POWER IN THE PRIMITIVE 
 
 FEUDAL STATE 
 
 The patriarch of a tribe of herdsmen, though 
 endowed with the authority which flows from 
 his war-lordship and sacerdotal functions, gen- 
 erally has no despotic powers. The same may 
 be said of the "king" of a small settled com- 
 munity, where, generally speaking, he would 
 exercise very limited command. On the other 
 hand, as soon as some military genius manages 
 to fuse together numerous tribes of herdsmen 
 into one powerful mass of warriors, despotic 
 centralized power is the direct, inevitable con- 
 sequence.^^ As soon as war exists, the truth of 
 the Homeric 
 
 O'jx dyadrj noXuxocpavcrj, el' xoipavoQ iazo) 
 
 is admitted by the most unruly tribes, and be- 
 comes a fact to be acted on. The free primi- 
 tive huntsmen render to their elected chief un- 
 conditioned obedience, while on the war-path; 
 
 * "The rule of the many is not a good thing, over the manj^ 
 there should be one king."
 
 FEUDAL STATE 183 
 
 the free Cossacks of the Ukraine, recognizing 
 no authority in times of peace, submit to their 
 hetmanfs power of life and death in times of 
 war. This obedience toward their war-lord is 
 a trait common to every genuine warrior 
 psychology. 
 
 The leaders of the great migrations of no- 
 mads are all powerful despots : Attila, Omar, 
 Genghis Khan, Tamerlane, Mosilikatse, 
 Ketchwayo. Similarly, we find that whenever 
 a mighty territorial state has come into being 
 as the result of the welding together of a num- 
 ber of primitive feudal states, there existed in 
 the beginning a strong central authority. Ex- 
 amples of this may be seen in the case of S ar- 
 gon Cyrus, Chlodowech, Charlemagne, Boles- 
 law the Red. Sometimes, especially as long 
 as the main state has not yet reached its geo- 
 graphical or sociologic bounds, the centralized 
 authority is maintained intact in the hands of a 
 series of strong monarchs, which degenerates, 
 in some instances, to the maddest despotism 
 and insanity of some of the Caesars : especially 
 do we find flagrant examples of this in JMeso-
 
 184 THE STATE 
 
 potamia and in Africa. We shall merely 
 touch on this phase : the more so, as it has little 
 general effect on the final development of the 
 forms of government. This point should, 
 however, be stated, that the development of the 
 form of government of a despotism depends 
 in the main, on what the sacerdotal status of 
 the rulers may be, in addition to their position 
 as war-lords, and whether or not they hold the 
 monopoly of trade as an additional regalian 
 right. 
 
 The combination of Caesar and Pope tends 
 in all cases to develop the extreme forms of des- 
 potism; while the partition of spiritual and 
 temporal functions brings it about that their 
 exponents mutually check and counterbalance 
 one another. A characteristic example may 
 be found in the conditions prevailing among 
 the Malay states of the East Indian Archipel- 
 ago, genuine "maritime states," whose genesis 
 is an exact counterpart of that of the Greek 
 maritime states. Generally speaking, the 
 prince has just as little power among these, as, 
 shall we say, the king at the opening of the his-
 
 FEUDAL STATE 185 
 
 tory of the Attic states. The chieftains of the 
 clans (in Sulu the Dato, in Achin the Pang- 
 lima), as in the case of Athens, have the real 
 power. But where, "as in Tobah, religious 
 motives endow the rulers with the position of 
 a Pope in miniature, an entirely different 
 phase is found. The Panglima then depend 
 entirely on the Rajah, and are merely of- 
 ficials." ^^ To refer to a well-known fact, 
 when the aristocrats and chiefs of the clans in 
 Athens and in Rome abolished the kingdom, 
 they preserved at least the old tithj and 
 granted its use to a dignitary otherwise politi- 
 cally impotent, in order that the gods might 
 have their offerings presented in the accus- 
 tomed manner. For the same reason, in many 
 cases, the descendant of the former tribal king 
 is preserved as a dignitary, otherwise totally 
 powerless, while the actual power of govern- 
 ment has long since been transferred to some 
 war chief ; as in the later Merovingian Empire, 
 the Carolingian Mayors of the palace (Major- 
 domus) ruled alongside a "long locked king," 
 rea^ ciinitus, of the race of ^lerowech, so, in
 
 186 THE STATE 
 
 Japan, the Sliogun ruled beside the Mikado, 
 and in the Empire of the Incas, the commander 
 of the Inca beside the Huillcauma, who had 
 been gradually limited to his sacerdotal func- 
 tions.* ^^ 
 
 In addition to the office of supreme pontiff, 
 the power of the head of the state is frequently 
 increased enormously by the trading mo- 
 nopoly, a function exercised by the primitive 
 chieftains as a natural consequence of the 
 peaceful barter of guest-gifts. Such a trade 
 monopoly, for example, was exercised by King 
 Solomon ; and latterly by the Roman Emperor 
 Friedrich Il.f '' 
 
 As a rule, the negro chieftains are "monopo- 
 lists of trading" ;^^ as is the King of Sulu.®^ 
 Among the Galla, wherever the supremacy of 
 a head chief is acknowledged, he becomes "as 
 
 * In Egypt we find a similar state of affairs, beside the 
 bigoted Amenhotep IV., the Majordomus of the palace 
 Haremheb, who "managed to unite in his hands the highest 
 military and administrative functions of the empire, until he 
 exercised the powers of a regent of the state." Schneider, 
 Civilization and Thought of the Ancient Egyptians. Leipzig, 
 1907, page 23. 
 
 tCf. Acta Imperii, or Huillard-BrehoUes, H. D. Fred. II. 
 — Translator.
 
 FEUDAL STATE 187 
 
 a matter of course, the tradesman for his tribe ; 
 since none of his subjects is allowed to trade 
 with strangers directly." ^^ Among the Ba- 
 rotse and Mabunda, the king is "according to 
 the strict interpretation of the law, the only 
 trader of his country." ^^^ 
 
 Ratzel notes, in telling language, the im- 
 portance of this factor: "In addition to his 
 witchcraft, the chief increases his power by a 
 monopoly of trading. Since the chief is the 
 sole intermediary in trade, everything desired 
 by his subjects passes through his hands, and 
 he becomes the donor of all longed-for gifts, 
 the fulfiller of the fondest wishes. In such a 
 system, there lie certainly the possibilities of 
 great power." ^^^ If, in conquered districts, 
 where the power of government is apt to be 
 more tensely exercised, there is added the mo- 
 nopoly of trade, the royal power may become 
 very great. 
 
 It may be stated as a general rule, that even 
 in the apparently most extreme cases of despot- 
 ism, no monarchical absolutism exists. The 
 ruler may, undeterred by fear of punislmient,
 
 188 THE STATE 
 
 rage against his subject class; but he is checked 
 in no small degree by his feudal followers. 
 Ratzel, in speaking of the subject generally, 
 remarks: "The so-called 'court assemblage' 
 of African or of ancient American chiefs is 
 probably always a council. . . . Although we 
 meet with traces of absolutism with all peoples 
 on a low scale, even where the form of govern- 
 ment is republican, the cause of absolutism is 
 not in the strength of either the state or of the 
 chieftain, but in the moral weakness of the in- 
 dividual, who succumbs without any effective 
 resistance to the powers wielded over him." ^^^ 
 The kingdom of the Zulu is a limited despot- 
 ism, in which very powerful ministers of state 
 (Induna) share the power; with other Caffir 
 tribes it is a council, sometimes dominating 
 both people and chieftains."^ In spite of this 
 control "under Tshaka every sneezing or 
 hawking in the presence of the tyrant, as well 
 as every lack of tears at the death of some royal 
 kinsman, was punished with death." "^ The 
 same limitation applies to the West African 
 kingdoms of Dahomy and Ashanti, notorious
 
 FEUDAL STATE 189 
 
 because of their frightful barbarities. "In 
 spite of the waste of human life, in war, slave 
 trade, and human sacrifices, there existed at no 
 place absolute despotism. . . . Bowditch re- 
 marks on the similarity of the system prevail- 
 ing in Ashanti, with its ranks and orders, with 
 the old Persian system as described by He- 
 rodotus." ''^ 
 
 One must be very careful, and this may 
 again be insisted upon, not to confuse despot- 
 ism with absolutism. Even in the feudal states 
 of Western Europe, the rulers exercised, in 
 many cases, power of life and death, free from 
 the trammels of law; but nevertheless such a 
 ruler was impotent as against his "magnates." 
 So long as he does not interfere with the priv- 
 ileges of the classes, he need not restrain his 
 cruelty, and he may even occasionally sacrifice 
 one of the great men ; but woe to him were he 
 to dare to touch the economic privileges of his 
 magnates. It is possible to study this very 
 characteristic phase, completely free, from the 
 standpoint of law, and yet closely hemmed in 
 by poHtical checks, in the great East African
 
 190 THE STATE 
 
 empires: "The government of Waganda and 
 Wanyoro is, in theory, based on the rule of the 
 king over the whole territory ; but in reality this 
 is only the semblance of government, since, as a 
 matter of fact, the lands belong to the supreme 
 chieftains of the empire. It was they who rep- 
 resented the popular opposition to foreign in- 
 fluences, in the time of Mtesa; and Muanga 
 did not dare, for fear of them, to carry out any 
 innovations. Although the kingship is limited 
 in reality, yet in form it occupies an imposing 
 position in unessentials. The ruler is absolute 
 master over the lives and limbs of his subjects, 
 the mass of the people, and feels himself re- 
 strained only in the narrowest circle of the 
 chief courtiers," ^"^^ 
 
 Precisely the same statement applies to the 
 inhabitants of Oceania, to mention the last of 
 the great societies that created states : "At no 
 place does one find an entire absence of a rep- 
 resentative mediation between prince and peo- 
 ple. . . . The aristocratic principle corrects 
 the patriarchal. Therefore, the extremes of 
 despotism depend more on class and caste
 
 FEUDAL STATE 191 
 
 pressure than on the overpowering will of any 
 individual" ''' 
 
 (c) THE POLITICAL AND SOCIAL DISINTEGRA- 
 TION OF THE PRIMITIVE FEUDAL STATE 
 
 Space forbids our detailing the innumerable 
 shadings under which the patriarchal-aristo- 
 cratic (in some cases plutocratic) mixture of 
 form of government in the primitive feudal 
 state is shown in either an ethnographic, his- 
 torical or juristic survey. This is likewise of 
 the greatest importance for the subsequent de- 
 velopment. 
 
 It is indifferent how much power the ruler 
 may have had at the beginning, an inevitable 
 fate breaks down his power in a short while; 
 and does this, one may say, the faster, the 
 greater that power was, i. e., the larger the 
 territory of the primitive feudal state of higher 
 grade. 
 
 Taking into account the process already set 
 forth, which, through the occupation and set- 
 tlement of unused lands by means of newly 
 acquu'cd slaves, made for the increase of power
 
 192 THE STATE 
 
 of the separate nobles, a result came about 
 which might prove uncomfortable for the cen- 
 tral power. Mommsen in speaking of the 
 Celts says : "When in a clan numbering about 
 eighty thousand armed men, a single chieftain 
 could appear at convocation with ten thousand 
 followers, exclusive of his serfs and debtors, it 
 becomes clear that such a noble was rather an 
 independent prince than a mere citizen of his 
 clan." ^^^ And the same may apply to the 
 "Heiu" of the Somali, where a great landed 
 proprietor maintained hundreds of families in 
 dependence on his lands, "so that conditions 
 in Somaliland tend to recall those existing 
 in mediseval Europe during feudal times." ^^^ 
 
 Although such a preponderance of isolated 
 territorial magnates can come about in the feu- 
 dal state of low development, it nevertheless 
 reaches its culmination in the feudal state of 
 higher grade, the great feudal state; this hap- 
 pens by reason of the increased power given 
 to the landlords by the bestowal of public of- 
 ficial functions. 
 
 The more the state expands, the more must
 
 FEUDAL STATE 193 
 
 official power be delegated by the central gov- 
 ernment to its representatives on the borders 
 and marches, who are constantly threatened by 
 wars and insurrectionary outbreaks. In order 
 to preserve his bailiwick in safety for the state, 
 such an official must be endowed with supreme 
 military powers, joined with the functions of 
 the highest administrative officials. Even 
 should he not require a large number of civil 
 employees, he still must have a permanent mili- 
 tary force. And how is he to pay these men? 
 With one possible exception, to be noted here- 
 after, there are no taxes which flow into the 
 treasury of the central government and then 
 are poured back again over the land, since 
 these presuppose an economic development 
 existing only where money is employed. But 
 in communities having a system of payments 
 in kind, such as these "territorial states" all are, 
 there are no taxes payable in money. For that 
 reason, the central government has no alter- 
 native but to turn over to the counts, or border 
 wardens, or satraps, the income of its territo- 
 rial jurisdiction. Such an official, then, re-
 
 194 THE STATE 
 
 ceives the dues of the subjects, determines 
 when and where forced labor is to be rendered, 
 receives the deodands, fees and penalties pay- 
 able in cattle, etc. ; and in consideration of these 
 must maintain the armed force, place definite 
 numbers of armed men at the disposal of the 
 central government, build and maintain high- 
 ways and bridges, feed and stable the ruler and 
 his following, or his "royal messengers," and 
 finally, furnish a definite "Sergeantry" consist- 
 ing of highly valuable goods, easily transported 
 to the court, such as horses, cattle, slaves, pre- 
 cious metals, wines, etc. 
 
 In other words, he receives an immensely 
 large fief for his services. If previously he 
 was not, he now becomes the greatest man in 
 his country, though before he probably was the 
 most powerful landlord in his official district. 
 He will hereafter do exactly what his equals 
 in rank are doing, although they may not have 
 his official position; that is to say, he will, only 
 on a larger scale, continue to settle new lands 
 with ever newly recruited serfs. By this he 
 increases his military strength; and this must
 
 FEUDAL STATE 195 
 
 be wished for and aided by the central govern- 
 ment. For it is the fate of these states, that 
 they must fatten those very local powers, that 
 are to engulf them. 
 
 Conditions arise which enable the warden 
 of the marches to impose the terms of his mili- 
 tary assistance, especially in the inevitable 
 feuds which arise over the right of succession 
 to the central government. Thereby he ob- 
 tains further valuable concessions, especially 
 the formal acknowledgment of the heritability 
 of his official fief, so that office and lands come 
 to be held by an identical tenure. By this 
 means, he gradually becomes almost independ- 
 ent of the central authority, and the complaint 
 of the Russian peasant, "The sky is high up 
 and the Tsar is far off," tends to become of uni- 
 versal application. Take this characteristic ex- 
 ample from Africa: "The empire of Lunda is 
 an absolute feudal state. The chieftains (Mu- 
 ata, Mona, Muene) are permitted independent 
 action in all internal affairs, so long as it 
 pleases the Muata Jamvo. Usually, the great 
 chieftains, living afar, send their caravans with
 
 196 THE STATE 
 
 their tribute once a year to the Mussumba ; but 
 those living at too great a distance, sometimes 
 for long periods omit making any payments of 
 their tribute; while similar chiefs in the neigh- 
 borhood of the capital forward tribute many 
 times a year." "° 
 
 Nothing can show more plainly than this re- 
 port, how, because of inadequate means of 
 transportation, extent of distance becomes po- 
 litically effective in these states loosely held 
 together and in a state of payment in kind. 
 One is tempted to say that the independence 
 of the feudal masters grows in proportion to 
 the square of their distance from the seat of the 
 central authority. The crown must pay more 
 and more for their services, and must gradually 
 confirm them in all the sovereign powers of the 
 state, or else permit their usurpation of these 
 powers after they have seized them one after 
 the other. Such are heritability of fiefs, tolls 
 on highways and commerce, (in a later stage 
 the right of coinage) , high and low justice, the 
 right to exact for private gain the public 
 duties of repair of ways and bridges (the old
 
 FEUDAL STATE 197 
 
 English trinodis necessitas) and the disposal 
 of the military services of the freemen of the 
 country. 
 
 By these means, the powerful frontier 
 wardens gradually attain an ever greater, and 
 finally a complete, de facto independence, even 
 though the formal bond of feudal suzerainty 
 may for a long time apparently keep together 
 the newly developed principalities. The 
 reader, of course, recalls instances of these typ- 
 ical transitions; all mediaeval history is one 
 chain of them; not only the Merovingian and 
 Carolingian Empires, not only Germany, but 
 also France, Italy, Spain, Poland, Bohemia, 
 Hungary, as well as Japan and China,^^^ have 
 passed through this process of decomposition, 
 not only once, but repeatedly. And this is no 
 less true of the feudal states of Mesopotamia: 
 great empires follow each other, acquire power, 
 burst asunder time after time, and again are 
 re-united. In the case of Persia, we are ex- 
 pressly told: "Separate states and provinces, 
 by a successful revolt, obtained freedom for a 
 longer or shorter time, and the 'great king'
 
 198 THE STATE 
 
 at Susa did not always have the power to 
 force them to return to their obedience; in 
 other states, the satraps or warHke chieftains 
 ruled arbitrarily, carrying on the government 
 faithlessly and violently, either as independent 
 rulers or tributary under-kings of the king of 
 kings. The Persian world-empire went to its 
 disintegration an agglomeration of states and 
 lands, without any general law, without or- 
 dered administration, without uniform judicial 
 system, without order and enforcement of law, 
 and without possibility of help." "^ 
 
 A similar fate overtook its neighbor in the 
 valley of the Nile: "Princes spring from 
 the families of the usurpers, free landlords, who 
 pay land-taxes to nobody but to the king, and 
 rule over certain strips of land, or districts. 
 These district princes govern a territory spe- 
 cifically set apart as pertaining to their official 
 position, and separate from their family pos- 
 sessions. 
 
 "Later successful warlike operations, per- 
 haps filling in the gap between the Ancient and 
 the Middle (Egyptian) Empire, together with
 
 FEUDAL STATE 199 
 
 the gathering in of captives of the wars, who 
 could he utilized as labor motors, brought a 
 more stringent exploitation of the subjects, a 
 definite determination of the tributes. Dur- 
 ing the Middle Empire, the power of the 
 princes of the clans rose to an enormous height, 
 they maintained great courts, imitating the 
 splendor of the royal establishment." ^^^ 
 "With the decline of the royal authority dur- 
 ing a period of decay, the higher officials use 
 their power for personal aims, in order to make 
 their offices hereditary within their fami- 
 lies." * ^^* 
 
 But the operation of this historical law is 
 
 *Maspero says, New Light on Ancient Egypt, pp. 218-9: 
 "Until then, in fact, the high priest had been chosen and nomi- 
 nated by the king; from the time of Rameses III. he was al- 
 ways chosen from the same family, and the son succeeded his 
 father on the pontifical throne. From that time events marched 
 quicldy. The Theban mortmain was doubled with a veritable 
 seigniorial fief, which its masters increased by marriages with 
 the heirs of neighboring fiefs, by continual bequests from one 
 branch of the family to the other, and by the placing of cadets 
 of each generation at the head of the clergy of certain second- 
 ary toxons. The official protocol of the offices filled by their 
 wives shows that a century or a century and a half after 
 Rameses III., almost the whole of the Thebaid, about a third 
 of the Egyptian territory was in the hands of the High Priest 
 of Ammon and of his family." — Translator's Note {and italics).
 
 200 THE STATE 
 
 not restricted to the "historical" peoples. In 
 speaking of the feudal states of India, Ratzel 
 states: "Even beyond Radshistan, the nobles 
 often enjoyed a great measure of independ- 
 ence, so that even in Haiderabad, after the 
 Nizam had acquired the sole rule over the 
 country, the Umara or Nabobs maintained 
 troops of their own, independently of the army 
 of the Nizam. These smaller feudatories did 
 not comply with the increased demands of 
 modern times as regards the administration of 
 Indian states as often as did the greater 
 princes." ^^^ 
 
 In Africa finally, great feudal states come 
 and pass away, as do bubbles arising and burst- 
 ing from the stream of eternally similar 
 phenomena. The powerful Ashanti empire, 
 within one and a half centuries, has shriveled 
 to less than one-fifth of its territory; ^^^ and 
 many of the empires that the Portuguese en- 
 countered have since disappeared without 
 leaving a trace of their existence. And yet 
 these were strong feudal powers: "Stately 
 and cruel negro empires, such as Benin^
 
 FEUDAL STATE 201 
 
 Dahomy or Ashanti, resemble in many respects 
 ancient Peru or Mexico, having in their 
 vicinity poHtically disorganized tribes. The 
 hereditary nobility of the Mfumus, sharply 
 separated from the rest of the state, had mainly 
 the administration of the districts, and to- 
 gether with the more transitory nobility of 
 service, formed in Loango strong pillars of 
 the ruler and his house." ^^^ 
 
 But whenever such a state, once powerful, 
 has split into a number of territorial states 
 either de facto or juristically independent, the 
 former process begins anew. The great state 
 gobbles up the smaller ones, until a new em- 
 pire has arisen. "The greatest territorial 
 magnates later become emperors," says Meit- 
 zen laconically of Germany.^^^ But even this 
 great demesne vanishes, split up by the need 
 of equipping warlike vassals with fiefs. "The 
 Kings soon found that they had donated 
 away all their belongings; their great territo- 
 rial possessions in the Delta had melted away," 
 says Schneider (1. c. page 38) of the Pharaohs 
 pf the sixth dynasty. The same causes
 
 202 THE STATE 
 
 brought about like effects in the Prankish Em- 
 pire among both Merovingians and Carolin- 
 gians ; and later in Germany in the case of the 
 Saxon and Hohenstaufen Emperors."^ Ad- 
 ditional references are unnecessary, as every 
 one is familiar with these instances. 
 
 In a subsequent part of this treatise, we 
 shall examine into the causes that finally 
 liberated the primitive feudal state from this 
 witch's curse, this circling from agglomeration 
 to disintegration without end. Our present 
 task is to take up the social side of the process, 
 as we have already taken up the historical 
 phase of it. It changes the articulation of 
 classes in the most decisive manner. 
 
 The common freemen, the lower strata of 
 the dominating group, are struck with over- 
 powering force. They sink into bondsmen- 
 ship. Their decay must go along with that of 
 the central power; since both, allied one might 
 say, by nature, are menaced simultaneously 
 by the expanding power of the great territorial 
 lords. The crown controls the landed mag- 
 nate so long as the levy of the common free-
 
 FEUDAL STATE 203 
 
 men of the district is a superior force to his 
 guards, to his "following." But a fatal need, 
 already set forth, impels the crown to deliver 
 over the peasants to the landed lordling, and 
 from the moment when the county levy has 
 become weaker than his guards, the free i^eas- 
 ants are lost. Where the sovereign powers ot 
 the state are delegated to the territorial mag- 
 nate, i. e., where he has developed more or less 
 into an independent lord of the region, the over- 
 throw of the liberties of the peasants is carried 
 out, at least in part, under the color of law, 
 by forcing excessive military services, which 
 ruin the peasants, and which are required the 
 more often as the dynastic interests of the 
 territorial lord require new lands and new 
 peasants, or by abusing the right to compulsory 
 labor, or by turning the administration of pub- 
 lic justice into military oppression. 
 
 The common freemen, however, receive the 
 final blow either by the formal delegation or by 
 the usurpation of the most important powers 
 of the crown, the disposition of unoccupied 
 lands or "commons." Originally, this land be-
 
 204 THE STATE 
 
 longed to all the "folk" in common; i. e., to the 
 freemen for common use; but in accordance 
 with an original custom, probably universal, 
 the patriarch enjoys disposal of it. This right 
 of disposition passes to the territorial 
 magnate with the remaining royal privi- 
 leges — and thus he has obtained the power 
 to strangle any few remaining freemen. He 
 now declares all unoccupied lands his property, 
 and forbids their settlement by free peasants, 
 while those only are permitted access who 
 recognize his superior lordship ; i. e., who have 
 commended themselves to him, or are his serfs. 
 That is the last nail in the coffin of the com- 
 mon freemen. Heretofore their equality of 
 possessions has been in some way guaranteed. 
 Even if a peasant had twelve sons, his patri- 
 mony was not split up, because eleven of them 
 broke new hides of land in the commons of 
 the community, or else in the general land not 
 yet distributed to other villages. That is 
 henceforth impossible; hides tend to divide 
 where large families grow up, others are 
 united when heir and heiress marry: hence-
 
 FEUDAL STATE 205 
 
 forth there come into existence "laborers," re- 
 cruited from the owners of half, a quarter, or 
 even an eighth of a hide who help work a larger 
 area. Thus the free peasantry splits into rich 
 and poor ; this begins to loosen the bond which 
 hitherto had made the bundle of arrows un- 
 breakable. When, therefore, some comrade is 
 overwhelmed by the exactions of the lord and 
 has become his liegeman, or if bond peasants 
 are settled among the original owners, either 
 to occupy some hide vacated by the extinction 
 of the family or fallen into the hands of the 
 lord because of the indebtedness of its occu- 
 pant, then every social cohesion is loosened; 
 and the peasantry, split apart by class and by 
 economic contrasts, is handed over without 
 power of resistance to the magnate. 
 
 On the other hand, the result is the same 
 where the magnate has no usurped regalian 
 powers of the state. In such cases, open 
 force and shameless violation of rights ac- 
 complish the same ends. The ruler, far off 
 and impotent, bound to rely on the good will 
 and help of the violators of law and order, has
 
 206 THE STATE 
 
 neither the power nor the opportunity of inter- 
 ference. 
 
 There is hardly any need of adducing in- 
 stances. The free peasantry of Germany were 
 put through the process of expropriation and 
 declassification at least three times. Once it 
 happened in Celtic times. ^^^ The second over- 
 throw of the free peasants of the old German 
 Empire took place in the ninth and tenth 
 centuries. The third tragedy of the same form 
 began with the fifteenth century, in the coun- 
 tries formerly Slavic, which they had conquered 
 and colonized.^^^ The peasants fared worse 
 in those lands, in the "republics of nobles," 
 where there was no monarchical central au- 
 thority, whose community of interests with 
 their subjects tended to deprive oppression of 
 its worse features. The Celts in the Gaul of 
 Caesar's time are one of the earliest examples. 
 Here "the great families exercised an eco- 
 nomic, military and political preponderance. 
 They monopolized the leases of the lucrative 
 rights of the state. They forced the common 
 freemen, overwhelmed by the taxes which they
 
 FEUDAL STATE 207 
 
 had themselves imposed, to borrow of them, and 
 then, first as their debtors, afterward legally 
 as their serfs, to surrender then- liberty. For 
 their own advantage they developed the sys- 
 tem of followers : i. e., the privilege of the no- 
 bility to have about them a mass of armed serv- 
 ants in their pay, called ambacti, with whose 
 aid they formed a state within a state. Rely- 
 ing on these, their own men-at-arms, they de- 
 fied the lawful authorities and the levies of the 
 freemen, and thus were able to burst asunder 
 the commonwealth. . . . The only protection 
 to be found was in the relation of serfdom, 
 where personal duty and interest required the 
 lord to protect his clients and to avenge an}^ 
 wrong to his men. Since the state no longer 
 had the power to protect the freemen, these in 
 growing numbers became the vassals of some 
 powerful noble." ^^^ We find these identical 
 conditions fifteen hundred years later in Kur- 
 land, Livonia, in Swedish Pomerania, in East- 
 ern Holstein, in Mecklenburg, and especially 
 in Poland. In the German territories the 
 petty nobles subjugated their peasantry, while
 
 208 THE STATE 
 
 in Poland their prey was the formerly free and 
 noble Schlachziz. "Universal history is mo- 
 notonous," says Ratzel. The same procedure 
 overthrew the peasantry of ancient Egypt: 
 "After a warlike intermezzo, there follows a 
 period in the history of the Middle Empire, 
 which brings about a deterioration of the posi- 
 tion of the peasantry in Lower Egypt. The 
 number of landlords decreases, while their ter- 
 ritorial growth and power increases. The 
 tribute of the peasants is hereafter determined 
 by an exact assessment on their estates, and 
 definitely fixed by a sort of Doomsday Book. 
 Because of this pressure, many peasants soon 
 enter the lord's court or the cities of the local 
 rulers, and take employment there either as 
 servants, mechanics, or even as overseers in the 
 economic organization of these manors or 
 courts. In common with any available cap- 
 tives, they contribute to the extension of the 
 prince's estates, and to further the general ex- 
 pulsion of the peasantry from their hold- 
 ings." ^28 
 
 The example of the Roman Empire shows.
 
 FEUDAL STATE 209 
 
 as nothing else can, how inevitable this process 
 becomes. When we first meet Rome in history 
 the conception of serfdom or bondage has al- 
 ready been forgotten. When the "modern 
 period" of Rome opens, only slavery is known. 
 And yet, within fifteen centuries, the free 
 peasantry again sink into economic depend- 
 ence, after Rome has become an overextended, 
 unwieldy empire, whose border districts have 
 more and more dissolved from the central con- 
 trol. The great landed proprietors, having 
 been endowed with the lower justice and police 
 administration on their own estates have "re- 
 duced their servants, who may originally have 
 been free proprietors of the ^ager privatus 
 vecUgalis' to a state of servitude, and have 
 thus developed a sort of actual glehce adscrip- 
 tus, within the boundaries of their 'immuni- 
 ties.' " ^^^ The invading Germans found this 
 feudal order worked out in Gaul and the other 
 provinces. At this particular time, the im- 
 mense difference formerly existing between 
 slaves and free settlers (coloni) had been com- 
 pletely obliterated, first in their economic posi-
 
 210 THE STATE 
 
 tion, and then, naturally, in their constitutional 
 rights. 
 
 Wherever the common freemen sink into 
 political and economic dependence on the great 
 territorial magnates, when, in other words, 
 they become bound either to the court or to 
 the lands, the social group formerly subject 
 to them tend in a corresponding measure to 
 improve their status. Both layers tend to 
 meet half-way, to approximate their position, 
 and finally to amalgamate. The observations 
 just made concerning the free settlers and the 
 agricultural slaves of the later Roman Empire 
 hold true everywhere. Thus in Germany, 
 freemen and serfs together formed, when 
 fused, the economic and legally unital 
 group of Grundholde, or men bound to the 
 soil.^2^ 
 
 The elevation of the former "subjects," 
 hereafter for the sake of brevity to be called 
 "plebs," flows from the same source as the de- 
 basement of the freeman, and arises by the 
 same necessity from the very foundations on 
 which these states are themselves erected, viz..
 
 FEUDAL STATE 211 
 
 the agglomeration of the landed property in 
 ever fewer hands. 
 
 The plebs are the natural opponents of the 
 central government — since that is their con- 
 queror and tax imposer; while they naturally 
 oppose the common freemen, who despise them 
 and oppress them politically, besides crowding 
 them back economically. The great magnate 
 also is the natural opponent of the central gov- 
 ernment — an impediment in his path toward 
 complete independence, and he is at the same 
 time also a natural enemy of the common free- 
 men, who in turn not only support the central 
 government; but also block with their posses- 
 sions his path toward territorial dominion, 
 while with their claims to equality of political 
 rights they annoy his princely pride. Since 
 the political and social interests of the terri- 
 torial princes and of the plebs coincide, they 
 must become allies ; the prince can attain com- 
 plete indei)endence only if, in his fight for 
 power against the crown and the common free- 
 men, he controls reliable warriors and acquies- 
 cent taxpayers; the plebs can only then be
 
 212 THE STATE 
 
 freed from their pariah-like declassification, 
 both economically and socially, if the hated 
 and proud common freemen are brought down 
 to their level. 
 
 This is the second time that we have noted 
 the identity of interest between the princes and 
 their subjects. The first time we found a 
 weakly developed solidarity in our second stage 
 of state formation. This causes the semi-sov- 
 ereign prince to treat his dependent tenants as 
 kindly as he ill-treats the free peasants of his 
 territory; in consequence, they will fight the 
 more willingly for him and contribute taxes, 
 while the more readily will the oppressed free- 
 men succumb to the pressure, especially as their 
 share of political power in the state, coincident 
 with the decUne of the central power, has be- 
 come only a meaningless phrase. In some 
 cases, as in Germany toward the end of the 
 tenth century, this was done with full con- 
 sciousness of its effects ^^® — some prince exer- 
 cises a particularly "mild" rule, in order to 
 draw the subjects of a neighboring potentate 
 into his lands, and thus to increase his own
 
 FEUDAL STATE 213 
 
 strength in war and taxation, and to weaken 
 his opponent's. The plebs come to possess, 
 both legally and actually, constantly increas- 
 ing rights, enlarged privileges of the law of 
 ownership, perhaps self-government in com- 
 mon affairs, and their own administration of 
 justice; thus they rise in the same degree 
 as the common freemen sink, until the two 
 classes meet and they are amalgamated into 
 one body on approximately the same jin-al 
 and economic plane. Half serfs, half subjects 
 of a state, they represent a characteristic for- 
 mation of the feudal state, which does not as 
 yet recognize any clear distinction between 
 public and private law; in its turn an immedi- 
 ate consequence of its own historical genesis, 
 the dominion in the form of a state for the sake 
 of economic private rights. 
 
 (d) THE ETHNIC AMALGAMATION 
 
 The juristic and social amalgamation of the 
 degraded freemen and the uplifted plebs 
 henceforth inevitably tends toward ethnic in- 
 terpenetration. While at first the subject
 
 214 THE STATE 
 
 peoples were not allowed either to intermarry 
 or to have social intercourse with the freemen, 
 now no such obstacles can be maintained; in 
 any single village the social class is no longer 
 determined by descent from the ruling race, 
 but rather by wealth. And the case may fre- 
 quently arise where the pure-blooded descend- 
 ant of the warrior herdsman must earn his liv- 
 ing as a field hand in the hire of the equally 
 pure-blooded descendant of the former serfs. 
 The social group of the subjects is now com- 
 posed of a part of the former ethnic master 
 group and a part of the former subject group. 
 We say from a part only, because the other 
 part has by this time been amalgamated with 
 the other part of the old ethnic master group 
 into a unital social class. In other words, a 
 part of the plebs has not only attained the posi- 
 tion to which the mass of the common freemen 
 have sunk, but has climbed far beyond it, in 
 that it has been completely received into the 
 dominating group, which in the meantime, has 
 not only risen enormously, but has been as 
 greatly diminished in numbers.
 
 FEUDAL STATE 215 
 
 And that, too, is a universal process found 
 in all history; because everywhere it follows 
 with equally compelling force from the very 
 premises of feudal dominion. The primus 
 inter pares^ whether the holder of the central 
 power or some local potentate, taking the rank 
 of a prince, requires more supple tools for his 
 domkiion than are to be found am^ong his 
 "peers." The latter represent a class whom 
 he must put down if he wants to rise — and that 
 is and must be the aim of every one, since in 
 this stage aiming for power is identical with 
 the aim of self-preservation. In this effort he 
 is opposed by his obnoxious and stiff-necked 
 cousins and by his petty nobles — and for this 
 reason, we find at every court, from that of the 
 sovereign king of a mighty feudal empire down 
 to the lord of what is hardly more than a big 
 estate, men of insignificant descent as con- 
 fidential officials alongside representatives of 
 the master group, who in many cases under 
 the mask of otficials of the prince, as a matter 
 of fact, are "ephors," sharers of the power of 
 the prince as the plenipotentiaries of their
 
 216 THE STATE 
 
 group. Let us but recall the Induna at the 
 court of the Barxtu kings. There is no won- 
 der, then, that the prince rather places con- 
 fidence in his own men than in these annoying 
 and pretentious advisers, in men whose posi- 
 tion is indissolubly bound up with his own, and 
 who would be ruined by his fall.* 
 
 Here, too, historical references are nearly 
 superfluous. Every one is familiar with the 
 fact that at the courts of the western Euro- 
 pean feudal kingdoms, besides the relatives of 
 the king and some noble vassals, there were 
 also elements from the lower groups, occupy- 
 ing high positions, clerics and great warriors 
 of the plebeian class. Among the immediate 
 following of Charlemagne all the races and 
 peoples of his empire were represented. Also 
 in the tales of Theodoric the Goth in the 
 Dietrich Saga of the Niehelungen Lied, this 
 
 * One of the most notable instances may be found in the 
 case of Markward of Annweiler, Marquis of Ancona and Duke 
 of Ravenna, seneschal of Henry VI., who after the death 
 of the Emperor Henry VI. disputed the power of the Regent 
 Constance acting for her son, Frederick II. (See Boehmer- 
 Ficker, Regesta Imperii, V, vol. 1, No. 511. v, ad. annum 
 lldl.)— Translator.
 
 FEUDAL STATE 217 
 
 rise of brave sons of the subject races finds 
 its reflection. In addition to these, there fol- 
 low some less well-knovm instances. 
 
 In Egypt, as far back as the Old Empire, 
 there is found alongside the royal officials of 
 the feudal nobility, who are the descendants of 
 the Shepherd conquerors, administering their 
 districts as representatives of the crown, with 
 plenary powers as deputies, "a mass of court 
 officials trusted with determined functions of 
 government." It "originated with the serv- 
 ants employed at the courts of the princes, 
 such as prisoners of war, refugees etc."' ^^^ 
 The fable of Joseph shows a state of affairs 
 known at that time to be a usual occurrence, of 
 the rise of a slave to the position of an all 
 powerful minister of state. At the present 
 day such a career is within the realm of possi- 
 bility at any oriental court, such as Persia, 
 Turkey, or Morocco, etc. In the case of old 
 Marshal Derflinger, in the time of Friedrich 
 Wilhelm I., the Great Elector, at a much 
 later date, we have an example from the transi- 
 tion of the developed feudal state to a more
 
 218 THE STATE 
 
 modern form of the state, which might be mul- 
 tiplied by the examples of innumerable other 
 brave swordsmen. 
 
 Let us add a few instances from the peoples 
 "disregarded by history." Ratzel tells of the 
 realm of Bornu: "The freemen have not lost 
 the consciousness of their free descent, in con- 
 trast with the slaves of the sheik; but the rulers 
 place more confidence in their slaves than in 
 their own kinsmen and free associates of their 
 tribe. They can count on the devotion of the 
 former. Not only positions at court, but the 
 defense of the country was from ancient times 
 preferably confided to slaves. The brothers 
 of the prince, as well as the more ambitious or 
 more efficient sons, are objects of suspicion; 
 and while the most important places at court 
 are in the hands of slaves, the princes are put 
 at posts far from the seat of government. 
 Their salaries are paid from the incomes of the 
 offices and the taxes from the provinces." ^^^ 
 
 Among the Fulbe "society is divided into 
 princes, chieftains, commons and slaves. The 
 slaves of the king play a great role as soldiers
 
 FEUDAL STATE 219 
 
 and officials, and may hope for the highest 
 offices in the state."^^® 
 
 This nobiHty of the court's creation may, 
 in certain cases, be admitted to the great im- 
 perial offices, so that according to the method 
 stated above, it may achieve the sovereignty 
 over a territory. In the developed feudal 
 state, it represents the high nobility; and 
 usually manages to preserve its rank, even 
 when some more powerful neighbor has 
 mediatized it by incorporating the state. The 
 Frankish higher nobility certainly contains 
 such elements from the original lower group ;^^^ 
 and since from its blood the entire upper 
 nobility of the European civilized states has 
 been descended at least in direct line by 
 marriage, we find an ethnic amalgamation, 
 both in the present day group of subjects and 
 in the highest order of the ruling class. And 
 the same applies to Egypt: "With the sink- 
 ing of the royal authority in the time of the 
 decay, the higher officials abuse their power for 
 personal ends, to make their offices hereditary 
 in their families, and thereby to call into exist-
 
 220 THE STATE 
 
 ence an official nobility not differentiated from 
 the rest of the population." ^^^ 
 
 And finally, the same process, from the same 
 causes, takes hold of the present middle class, 
 the lower stratum of the master class, 
 the officials and officers of the great feudato- 
 ries. At first there still exists a social dif- 
 ference between, on the one hand, the free vas- 
 sals, the subfeudatories of the great landlord, 
 kinsmen, younger sons of other noble families, 
 impoverished associates from the same district, 
 in isolated cases freebom sons of peasants, free 
 refugees and professional ruffians of free 
 descent ; and on the other, if the term may be 
 allowed, the subalterns of the guards of 
 plebeian descent. But lack of freedom ad- 
 vances, while freedom sinks in social value; 
 and here too the ruler places more reliance on 
 his creatures than on his peers. Here also, 
 sooner or later, the process of amalgamation 
 becomes complete. In Germany, as late as 
 1085, the non-free nobility of the court ranks 
 between ''servi et litones" while a century 
 afterward it is placed with the "liheri et
 
 FEUDAL STATE 221 
 
 nohilesf' In the course of the thirteenth cen- 
 tury, it has been completely absorbed, along 
 with the free vassals, into the nobility by 
 chivalry. The two orders in the meantime 
 tend to become equal economically; both 
 have subinfeudations, fiefs on the obligation of 
 service in warfare, and the service feuds of the 
 bondsmen; while all the fiefs of the "minister- 
 ials" or sergeants have in the meantime become 
 as heritable as are those of the free vassals, as 
 much so as are the patrimonies of the few sur- 
 viving smaller territorial lords belonging to 
 the original nobility, who may still have escaped 
 the grasp of the great territorial principalities. 
 In ways quite analogous to this the develop- 
 ment went on in all other feudal states of 
 Western Europe; while its exact counterpart 
 is found in the extremest Orient on the edge of 
 the Eurasian continent, in Japan. The daimio 
 are the higher nobility; the samurai, the 
 chivalry, the nobility of the sword. 
 
 (e) THE DEVELOPED FEUDAL STATE 
 
 With this the feudal state has reached its 
 pinnacle. It forms, politically and socially, a
 
 222 THE STATE 
 
 hierarchy of numerous strata; of which, in all 
 cases, the lower is bound to render service to 
 the next above it, and the superior is bound to 
 render protection to the one below. The 
 pyramid rests on the laboring population, of 
 whom the major part are as yet peasants; the 
 surplus of their labor, the ground rental, the 
 entire "surplus value" of the economic means 
 is used to support the upper strata of society. 
 This ground rent from the majority of estates 
 is turned over to the small holders of fiefs, ex- 
 cept where these estates are still in the im- 
 mediate possession of the prince or of the 
 crown and have not as yet been granted as 
 fiefs. The holders of them are bound in re- 
 turn to provide the stipulated mihtary service, 
 and also, in certain cases, to render labor of 
 an economic value. The larger vassal is in 
 turn bound to serve the great tenants of the 
 crown ; who in their turn are, at least at strict 
 law, under similar obligation toward the bearer 
 of the central power; while emperor, king, 
 sultan, shah, or Pharaoh in their turn, are re- 
 garded as the vassals of the tribal god. Thus
 
 FEUDAL STATE 223 
 
 there starts from the fields, whose peasantry 
 support and nourish all, and mounts up to the 
 "king of heaven" an artificially graded order 
 of ranks, which constricts so absolutely all the 
 life of the state, that according to custom and 
 law neither a bit of land nor a man can be un- 
 derstood unless within its fold. Since all 
 rights originally created for the common free- 
 men have either been resumed by the state, or 
 else have been distorted by the victorious 
 princes of territories, it comes about that a per- 
 son not in some feudal relation to some su- 
 perior must in fact be "without the law," be 
 without claim for protection or justice, i. e., 
 be outside the scope of that power which alone 
 affords justice. Therefore the rule, nulle 
 terre sans seigneur, appearing to us at first 
 blush as an ebullition of feudal arrogance, is as 
 a matter of fact the codification of an existing 
 new state of law, or at the very least the clear- 
 ing away of some archaic remnants, no longer 
 to be tolerated, of the completely discarded 
 primitive feudal state. 
 
 Those philosophers of history who pretend
 
 224 THE STATE 
 
 to explain every historic development from the 
 quality of "races," give as the center of their 
 strategic position the alleged fact, that only 
 the Germans, thanks to their superior "politi- 
 cal capacity," have managed to raise the ar- 
 tistic edifice of the developed feudal state. 
 Some of the vigor of this argument has de- 
 parted, since the conviction began to dawn on 
 them that in Japan, the Mongol race had ac- 
 complished this identical result. No one can 
 tell what the negro races might have done, had 
 not the irruption of stronger civilizations 
 barred their way, and yet Uganda does not 
 differ very greatly from the empires of the 
 Carolingians or of Boleslaw the Red, except 
 that men did not have in Uganda any "values 
 of tradition" of mediaeval culture: and these 
 values were not any merit of the Germanic 
 races, but a gift wherewith fortune endowed 
 them. 
 
 Shifting the discussion from the negro to 
 the "Semites," we find the charge made that 
 this race has absolutely no capacity for the 
 formation of states. And yet we find, thou-
 
 FEUDAL STATE 225 
 
 sands of years ago, this same feudal system de- 
 veloped, by Semites, if the founders of the 
 Egyptian kingdom were Semites. One would 
 think the following description of Thurnwald 
 were taken from the period of the Hohen- 
 staufen emperors; "Whoever entered the 
 following of some powerful one, was thereafter 
 protected by him as though he had been the 
 head of the family. This relation . . . 
 betokens a fiduciary relation similar to vas- 
 salage. This relation of protection in return 
 for allegiance tends to become the basis of the 
 organization of all Egyptian society. It is 
 the basis of the relations of the feudal lord to 
 his sergeants and peasants, as it is that of the 
 Pharaoh to his officials. The cohesion of the 
 individuals in groups subject to common pro- 
 tecting lords, is founded on this view, even up 
 to the apex of the pyramid, to the king him- 
 self regarded as 'the vicar of his ancestors,' as 
 the vassal of the gods on earth. . . . Whoso- 
 ever stands without this social grasp, a 'man 
 without a master,' is without the pale of pro- 
 tection and therefore without the law." ^^^
 
 226 THE STATE 
 
 The hypothesis of the endowment of any 
 particular race has not been used by us, and 
 we have no need of it. As Herbert Spencer 
 says, it is the stupidest of all imaginable at- 
 tempts to construct a philosophy of history. 
 
 The first characteristic of the developed 
 feudal state is the manifold gradation of 
 ranks built up into the one pyramid of mu- 
 tual dependence. Its second distinctive mark 
 is the amalgamation of the ethnic groups, 
 originally separated. 
 
 The consciousness formerly existent of dif- 
 ference of races has disappeared completely. 
 There remains only the difference of classes. 
 
 Henceforth we shall deal only with social 
 classes, and no longer with ethnic groups. 
 The social contrast is the only ruling factor 
 in the life of the state. Consistently with 
 this the ethnic group consciousness changes to 
 a class consciousness, the theories of the group, 
 to the theories of the class. Yet they do 
 not thereby change in the least their essence. 
 The new dominating classes are just as full of 
 their divine right as was the former master
 
 FEUDAL STATE 227 
 
 group, and it soon is seen that the new no- 
 bility of the sword manages to forget, quickly 
 and thoroughly, its descent from the van- 
 quished group ; while the former freemen now 
 declassed, or the former petty nobles sunk in 
 the social scale, henceforth swear just as firmly 
 bv "natural law" as did formerly only the sub- 
 jected tribes. 
 
 The developed feudal state is, in its es- 
 sentials, exactly the same thing as it was when 
 yet in the second stage of slate formation. Its 
 form is that of dominion, its reason for being, 
 the political exploitation of the economic 
 means, limited by public law, which compels 
 the master class to give the correlative pro- 
 tection, and which guarantees to the lower class 
 the right of being protected, to the extent that 
 they are kept working and paying taxes, that 
 they may fulfil their duty to their masters. In 
 its essentials government has not changed, it 
 has only been disposed in more grades; and 
 the same applies to the exploitation, or as the 
 economic theory puts it, "the distribution" 
 of wealth.
 
 228 THE STATE 
 
 Just as formerly, so now, the internal policy 
 of these states swings in that orbit prescribed 
 by the parallelogram of the centrifugal thrust 
 of the former group contests, now class wars, 
 counteracted by the centripetal pull of the 
 common interests. Just as formerly, so now, 
 its foreign policy is determined by the striv- 
 ing of its master class for new lands and serfs, 
 a thrust for extension caused at the same time 
 by the still existing need of self-preservation. 
 Although differentiated much more minutely, 
 and integrated much more powerfully, the de- 
 veloped feudal state is in the end nothing more 
 than the primitive state arrived at its maturity.
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CONSTITUTIONAL 
 
 STATE 
 
 If we understand the outcome of the feudal 
 state, in the sense given above, as further or- 
 ganic development either forward or backward 
 conditioned by the power of inner forces, but 
 not as a physical termination, brought about 
 or conditioned by outside forces, then we may 
 say that the outcome of the feudal state is de- 
 termined essentially by the independent de- 
 velopment of social institutions called into be- 
 ing by the economic means. 
 
 Such influences may come also from with- 
 out, from foreign states which, thanks to a 
 more advanced economic development, pos- 
 sess a more tensely centralized power, a better 
 military organization, and a greater forward 
 thrust. We have touched on some of these 
 phases. The independent development of the 
 
 229
 
 230 THE STATE 
 
 Mediterranean feudal states was abruptly 
 stopped by their collision with those maritime 
 states, which were on a much higher plane of 
 economic growth and wealth, and more cen- 
 tralized, such as Carthage, and more espe- 
 cially Rome. The destruction of the Persian 
 Empire by Alexander the Great may be in- 
 stanced in this connection, since Macedonia 
 had at that time appropriated the economic 
 advances of the Hellenic maritime states. 
 The best example within modern times is the 
 foreign influence in the case of Japan, whose 
 development was shortened in an almost in- 
 credible manner by the military and peaceful 
 impulses of Western European civilization. 
 In the space of barely one generation it 
 covered the road from a fully matured feudal 
 state to the completely developed modern con- 
 stitutional state. 
 
 It seems to me that we have only to deal 
 with an abbreviation of the process of develop- 
 ment. As far as we can see — though hence- 
 forth historical evidence becomes meager, and 
 there are scarcely any examples from ethnog-
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 231 
 
 raphy — the rule may be stated that forces 
 from within, even without strong foreign in- 
 fluences, lead the matured feudal state, with 
 strict logical consistency, on the same path to 
 the identical conclusion. 
 
 The creators of the economic means con- 
 trolling this advance are the cities and their 
 system of money economy, which gradually su- 
 persedes the system of natural economy, and 
 thereby dislocates the axis about which the 
 whole life of the state swings; in place of 
 landed property, mobile capital gradually be- 
 comes preponderant. 
 
 (a) THE EMANCIPATION OF THE PEASANTRY 
 
 All this follows as a natural consequence 
 of the basic premise of the feudal state. The 
 more the great private landlords become a 
 landed nobihty, the more in the same measure 
 must the feudal system of natural economy 
 break to pieces. The more great landed 
 property rights become vested in and nur- 
 tured by the princes of territorial states, the 
 more is the feudal system based on payments
 
 232 THE STATE 
 
 in kind bound to disintegrate; one may say- 
 that the two keep step in this develop- 
 ment. 
 
 So long as the ownership of great estates is 
 comparatively limited, the primitive principle 
 of the bee-keeper, allowing his peasants barely 
 enough for subsistence, can be carried out. 
 When, however, these expand into territorial 
 dimensions, and include, as is regularly the 
 case, accretions of land which are the results of 
 successful warfare, or by the rehnquishment 
 and subinfeudation through heritage or politi- 
 cal marriages of smaller land owners, scattered 
 widely about the country and far from the 
 master's original domains, then the poHcy of 
 the bee-keeper can no longer be carried out. 
 Unless, therefore, the territorial magnate 
 means to keep in his pay an immense mass of 
 overseers, which would be both expensive and 
 poHtically unwise, he would have to impose 
 on his peasants some fixed tribute, partly 
 rental and partly tax. The economic need of 
 an administrative reform unites, therefore, 
 with the political necessity, to elevate the
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 233 
 
 *'plebs," in the way which has already been 
 discussed. 
 
 The more the territorial magnate ceases to 
 be a private landlord, the more exclusively he 
 tends to become a subject of public law, viz., 
 prince of a territory, the more the solidarity 
 mentioned above, between prince and people 
 grows. We saw that some few magnates 
 even as far back as the period of transition 
 from great landed estates to principalities, 
 found it to their greatest interest to carry on 
 a "mild" government. This accomplished the 
 result, not only of educating their plebs to a 
 more virile consciousness toward the state, but 
 also had the effect of making it easy for the 
 few remaining common freemen to give up 
 their political rights in return for protection; 
 while it was still more important, in that it de- 
 prived their neighbors and rivals of their pre- 
 cious human material. When the territorial 
 prince has finally reached complete de facto 
 independence, his self interest must prompt 
 him steadfastly to persevere in the path thus 
 begun. Should he, however, again invest his
 
 234 THE STATE 
 
 bailiffs or officers with lands and peasants, he 
 will still have the most pressing political in- 
 terest to see to it that his subjects are not de- 
 livered over to them without restraint. In or- 
 der to retain his control, the prince will limit 
 the right of the "knights" to incomes from 
 lands to definite payments in kind and limited 
 forced labor, reserving to himself that required 
 in the public interests, such as forced labor on 
 highways or on bridges. We shall soon come 
 to see that the circumstance that in all de- 
 veloped feudal states the peasants have at least 
 two masters claiming service, is decisive for 
 their later rise. 
 
 For all these reasons, the services to be re- 
 quired of peasants in a developed feudal state 
 must in some fashion be limited. Henceforth, 
 all surplus belongs to him free from the con- 
 trol of the landlord. With this change, the 
 character of landed property has been utterly 
 revolutionized. Heretofore the landlord, as 
 of right, was entitled to the entire revenue sav- 
 ing only what was absolutely necessary to per- 
 mit his peasants to subsist and continue their
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 235 
 
 brood; while hereafter, the total product of 
 his work, as of right, belongs to the peasant, 
 saving only a fixed charge for his landlord as 
 ground rent. The possession of vast landed 
 estates has developed into (manorial) rights. 
 This comijletes the second important step 
 taken by humanity toward its goal. The 
 first step was taken when man made the 
 transition from the stage of bear to that of 
 the bee-keeper, and thereby discovered slavery; 
 this step abolishes slavery. Laboring human- 
 ity, heretofore only an object of the law, now 
 for the first time becomes an entity capable 
 of enjoying rights. The labor motor, with- 
 out rights, belonging to its master, and with- 
 out effective guarantees of life and limb, has 
 now become the taxpaying subject of some 
 prince. Henceforth the economic means, now 
 for the first time assured of its success, 
 develops its forces quite differently. The 
 peasant works with incomparably more in- 
 dustry and care, obtains more than he needs, 
 and thereby calls into being the "city" in the 
 economic sense of the term, viz., the industrial
 
 286 THE STATE 
 
 city. The surplus produced by the peasantry 
 calls into being a demand for objects not pro- 
 duced in the peasant economy; while at the 
 same time, the more intensive agriculture 
 brings about a reduction of those industrial 
 by-products heretofore worked out by the 
 peasant house industry. 
 
 Since agriculture and cattle-raising absorb 
 in ever increasing degrees the energies of the 
 rural family, it becomes possible and neces- 
 sary to divide labor between original produc- 
 tion and manufacture; the village tends to be- 
 come primarily the place of the former, the 
 industrial city comes into being as the seat of 
 the latter. 
 
 (b) THE GENESIS OF THE INDUSTRIAL STATE 
 
 Let there be no misunderstanding: we do 
 not maintain that the city comes thus into be- 
 ing, but only the industrial city. There has 
 been in existence the real historical city, to be 
 found in every developed feudal state. Such 
 cities came into being either because of a purely 
 political means, as a stronghold,^^^ or by the
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 237 
 
 cooperation of the political with economic 
 means, as a market place, or because of some 
 religious need, as the environs of some temple.* 
 Wherever such a city in the historical sense 
 exists in the neighborhood, the newly arising 
 industrial city tends to grow up about it; 
 otherwise it develops spontaneously from the 
 existing and matured division of labor. As a 
 rule, it will in its turn grow into a stronghold 
 and have its own places of worship. 
 
 These are but accidental historical admix- 
 tures. In its strict economic sense "city" 
 means the place of the economic means, or the 
 exchange and interchange for equivalent 
 values between rural production and manu- 
 facture. This corresponds to the common use 
 of language, by which a stronghold however 
 great, an agglomeration of temples, cloisters 
 
 * "Every place of worship gathers about it dwellings of the 
 priests, schools, and rest-houses for pilgrims." — Ratzel, 1. c. II., 
 p. 575. 
 
 Naturally, every place toward which great pilgrimages pro- 
 ceed becomes an extended trade center. We may see the re- 
 membrances thereof in the fact that the great wholesale mar- 
 kets, held at stated times in Northern Europe, are called 
 Messen from the religious ceremony.
 
 238 THE STATE 
 
 and places of pilgrimage however extensive, 
 were they conceivable without any place for 
 exchange, would be designated after their ex- 
 ternal characteristics as *'like a city" or "re- 
 sembling a city." 
 
 Although there may have been few changes 
 in the exterior of the historical city, there has 
 taken place an internal revolution on a mag- 
 nificent scale. The industrial city is directly 
 opposed to the state. As the state is the de- 
 veloped pohtical means, so the industrial city 
 is the developed economic means. The great 
 contest filling universal history, nay its very 
 meaning, henceforth takes place between city 
 and state. 
 
 The city as an economic, political body un- 
 dermines the feudal system with political and 
 economic arms. With the first the city 
 forces, with the second it lures, their power 
 away from the feudal master class. 
 
 This process takes place in the field of poli- 
 tics by the interference of the city, now a 
 center of its own powers, in the political 
 mechanism of the developed feudal state, be-
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 239 
 
 tween the central power and the local terri- 
 torial magnates and their subjects. The cities 
 are the strongholds and the dwelling places of 
 warlike men, as well as depots of material for 
 carrying on war (arms, etc.) ; and later they 
 become central supply reservoirs for money 
 used in the contests between the central gov- 
 ernment and the growing territorial princes, 
 or between these in their internecine wars. 
 Thus they are important strategic points or 
 valuable allies; and may by far-sighted policy 
 acquire important rights. 
 
 As a rule, the cities take the part of the 
 crown in fights against the feudal nobles, from 
 social reasons, because the landed nobles re- 
 fuse to recognize the social equality, demanded 
 as of right by their more wealthy citizens; 
 from political reasons, because the central gov- 
 ernment, thanks to the solidarity between 
 prince and people, is more apt to be influenced 
 by common interests than is the territorial 
 magnate, who serves only his private interests ; 
 and finally from economic reasons, because 
 city life can prosper only in peace and safety. 
 
 X
 
 240 THE STATE 
 
 The practises of chivalry, such as club law, and 
 private warfare, and the knights' practise of 
 looting caravans are irreconcilable with the 
 economic means; and therefore, the cities are 
 faithful allies of the guardians of peace and 
 justice, first to the emperor, later on, to the 
 sovereign territorial prince; and when the 
 armed citizenship breaks and pillages some 
 robber baron's fortress, the tiny drop reflects 
 the identical process happening in the ocean 
 of history. 
 
 In order successfully to carry this political 
 role the city must attract as many citizens as 
 possible, an endeavor also forced on it by 
 purely economic considerations, since both di- 
 visions of labor and wealth increase with in- 
 creased citizenship. Therefore cities favor 
 immigration with all their powers; and once 
 more show in this the polar contrast of their 
 essential difference from the feudal landlords. 
 The new citizens thus attracted into the cities 
 are withdrawn from the feudal estates, which 
 are thereby weakened in power of taxation and 
 military defense in proportion as the cities are
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 241 
 
 strengthened. The city becomes a mighty- 
 competitor at the auction, wherein the serf is 
 knocked down to the highest bidder, to the 
 one, that is to say, who offers the most rights. 
 The city offers the peasant co7iiplete liberty, 
 and in some cases house and courtyard. The 
 principle, "city air frees the peasant" is suc- 
 cessfully fought out; and the central govern- 
 ment, pleased to strengthen the cities and to 
 weaken the turbulent nobles, usually confirms 
 by charter the newly acquired rights. 
 
 The third great move in the progress of uni- 
 versal history is to be seen in the discovery 
 of the honor of free labor; or better in its re- 
 discovery, it having been lost sight of since 
 those far-off times in which the free huntsman 
 and the subjugated primitive tiller enjoyed 
 the results of their labor. As yet the peasant 
 bears the mark of the pariah and liis rights are 
 little respected. But in the wall-gu-t, well- 
 defended city, the citizen holds his head high. 
 He is a freeman in every sense of the word, 
 free even at law% since we find in the grants of 
 rights to many early enfranchised cities
 
 9A2 THE STATE 
 
 (Ville-franche) the provision that a serf re- 
 siding therein "a year and a day" undisturbed 
 by his master's claim is to be deemed free. 
 
 Within the city walls there are still various 
 ranks and grades of political status. At first 
 the old settlers, the men of rank equal with 
 the nobles of the sui'rounding country, the 
 ancient freemen of the burgh, refuse to the 
 newcomers, usually poor artisans or huck- 
 sters, the right of sharing in the government. 
 But, as we saw in the case of the maritime 
 cities, such gradations of rank can not be main- 
 tained within a business community. The ma- 
 jority, intelligent, skeptical, closely organized 
 and compact, forces the concession of equal 
 rights. The only difference is that the con- 
 test is longer in a developed feudal state, be- 
 cause now the fight concerns not only the par- 
 ties at interest. The great territorial mag- 
 nates of the neighborhood and the princes hin- 
 der the full development of the forces by their 
 interference. In the maritime states of the 
 ancient world, there was no tertius gaudens 
 who could derive any profit from the contests
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 243 
 
 within the city, since outside the cities there 
 existed no system of powerful feudal lords. 
 
 These then, are the political arms of the 
 cities in their contest with the feudal state : al- 
 liances with the crown, direct attack, and the 
 enticing away of the serfs of the feudal lords 
 into the enfranchising air of the city. Its eco- 
 nomic weapons are no less effective, the change 
 from payments in kind to the system of money 
 as a means of exchange is inseparably con- 
 nected with civic methods, is the means 
 whereby the method of payment in kind is ut- 
 terly destroyed, and with it the feudal state. 
 
 (c) THE INFLUENCES OF MONEY ECONOMY 
 
 The sociological process set into motion by 
 the system of money economy is so well known 
 and its mechanics are so generally recognized, 
 that a few suggestions will suffice. 
 
 Here, as in the case of the maritime states, 
 the consequence of the invading money system 
 is that the central government becomes almost 
 omnipotent, while the local powers are reduced 
 to complete impotence.
 
 2U THE STATE 
 
 Dominion is not an end in itself, but merely 
 the means of the rulers to their essential ob- 
 ject, the enjoyment without labor of articles 
 of consumption as many and as valuable as 
 possible. During the prevalence of the sys- 
 tem of natural economy there is no other way 
 of obtaining them save by dominion; the ward- 
 ens of the marches and the territorial princes 
 obtain their wealth by their political power. 
 The more peasants who are owned, the greater 
 is the military power and the larger the scope 
 of the territory subjected, and thus the greater 
 are the revenues. As soon, however, as the 
 products of agriculture are exchangeable for 
 enticing wares, it becomes more rational for 
 every one primarily a private man, i. e., for 
 every feudal lord not a territorial prince — and 
 this now includes the knights — to decrease as 
 far as possible the number of peasants, and to 
 leave only such small numbers as can with the 
 utmost labor turn out the greatest product 
 from the land, and to leave these as little as 
 possible. The net product of the real estate, 
 thus tremendously increased, is now taken to
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 245 
 
 the markets and sold for goods, and is no 
 longer used to keep a fencible body of guards. 
 Having dissolved this following, the knight 
 becomes simply the manager of a knight's 
 fee.* With this event, as with one blow, 
 the central power, that of king or territorial 
 prince, is without a rival for the dominion, and 
 has become politically omnipotent. The un- 
 ruly vassals, who formerly made the weak 
 kings tremble, after a short attempt at joint 
 rule during the time of the government of the 
 feudal estates, have changed into the supple 
 courtiers, begging favors at the hands of some 
 absolute monarch, like Louis XIV. And he 
 furthermore has become their last resort, since 
 the military power, now solely exercised by 
 him as the paymaster of the forces, alone can 
 protect them from the ever-immanent revolt 
 of their tenants, ground to the bone. While 
 in the time of natural economy the crown was 
 in nearly every instance allied ^vith peasants 
 and cities against nobility, we now have the 
 
 * See reference as to the meaning of Bitter gutshesitz, ante, 
 page 84. — Trcmslutor.
 
 246 THE STATE 
 
 union of the absolute kings, born from the 
 feudal state, with their nobility, against the 
 representatives of the economic means. 
 
 Since the days of Adam Smith it has been 
 customary to state this fundamental revolu- 
 tion in some such form, as though the foolish 
 nobles had sold their birthright for a mess of 
 pottage, when they traded their dominion for 
 foolish articles of luxury. No view can be 
 more erroneous. Individuals often err in the 
 safe-guarding of their interests : a class for any 
 prolonged period never is in error. 
 
 The fact of the matter is, that the system 
 of money payments strengthened the central 
 power so mightily and immediately, that even 
 without the interposition of the agrarian up- 
 heaval, any resistance of the landed nobility 
 would have been senseless. As is shown in 
 the history of antiquity, the army of a cen- 
 tral government, financially strong, is always 
 superior to feudal levies. Money permits the 
 armament of peasant sons, and the drilling of 
 them into professional soldiers, whose solid or- 
 ganization is always superior to the loose con-
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 247 
 
 federation of an armed mass of knights. 
 Besides, at this stage, the central government 
 could also count on the aid of the well-armed 
 squares of the urban guilds. 
 
 Gunpowder did the rest in Western Eu- 
 rope. Firearms, however, are a product that 
 can be turned out only in the industrial estab- 
 lishments of a wealthy city. Because of these 
 technical military reasons, even that feudal 
 landlord who might not care for the newly 
 established luxuries and who might only be 
 desirous of maintaining or increasing his in- 
 dependent position, must subject his terri- 
 tories to the same agrarian revolution; since, 
 in order to be strong, he now before all else 
 must have money, which in the new order of 
 things, has become the nervus rerum, either to 
 buy arms or to engage mercenaries. A 
 second capitalistic wholesale undertaking, 
 therefore, has come into being through the 
 system of payments in money; besides the 
 wholesale management of landed estates, war 
 is carried on as a great business enterprise — 
 the condottieri appear on the stage. The mar-
 
 248 THE STATE 
 
 ket is full of material for armies of merce- 
 naries, the discharged guards of the feudal 
 lords and the young peasants whose lands have 
 been taken up by the lords. 
 
 There are instances where some petty noble 
 may mount to the throne of some territorial 
 principality, as happened many a time in 
 Italy, and as was accomplished by Albrecht 
 Wallenstein, even as late as the period of the 
 Thirty Years' War. But that is a matter of 
 individual fate, not affecting the final result. 
 The local powers disappear from the contest 
 of political forces as independent centers of 
 authority and retain the remnant of their 
 former influence only so long as they serve the 
 princes as a source of supplies; that is, the 
 state composed of its feudal estates. 
 
 The infinite increase in the power of the 
 crown is then enhanced by a second creation 
 of the system of payment in money, by 
 officialdom. We have told in detail of the 
 vicious circle which forced the feudal state into 
 a cul-de-sac between agglomeration and dis- 
 solution, as long as its bailiffs had to be paid
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 249 
 
 with "lands and peasants" and thereby were 
 nursed into potential rivals of their creator. 
 With the advent of payments in money, the 
 vicious circle is broken. Henceforth the cen- 
 tral government carries on its functions 
 through paid employees, permanently de- 
 pendent on their paymaster.^^^ Henceforth 
 there is possible a permanently established, 
 tensely centralized government, and empires 
 come into being, such as had not existed since 
 the developed maritime states of antiquity, 
 which also were founded on the payments in 
 money. 
 
 This revolution of the political mechanism 
 was everywhere put into motion by the de- 
 velopment of the money economy — with but 
 one exception, as far as I can see, viz., Egypt. 
 
 Here, according to the statement of experts, 
 no definite information is to be had, and it 
 seems that the system of money exchanges ap- 
 pears as a matured institution only m Greek 
 times. Until that time, the tribute of the 
 peasants was paid in kind;*^® and yet we find, 
 shortly after the expulsion of the Shepherd
 
 250 THE STATE 
 
 Kings, during the New Empire {circa six- 
 teenth century B. C), that the absolutism of 
 the kings was fully developed: "The military 
 power is upheld by foreign mercenaries, the 
 administration is carried on by a centralized 
 body of officials dependent on the royal 
 favor, while the feudal aristocracy has disap- 
 peared/' ^" 
 
 It may seem that this exception proves the 
 rule. Egypt is a country of exceptional 
 geographic conformation. Jammed into a 
 narrow compass, between mountains and the 
 desert, a natural highway, the River Nile, 
 traverses its entire length, and permits the 
 transportation of bulky freight with much 
 greater facility than the finest road. And 
 this highway made it easy for the Pharaoh to 
 assemble the taxes of all his districts in his own 
 storehouses, the so-called "houses" ^^^ and 
 from them to supply his garrisons and civil 
 emploj^ees with the products themselves in 
 natura. For that reason Egypt, after it has 
 once become unified into an empire, stays cen- 
 tralized, until foreign powers extinguish its
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 251 
 
 life as a "state." "This circumstance is the 
 source of the enormous and plenary power ex- 
 ercised by the Pharaoh where payments are 
 still made in kind ; the exclusive and immediate 
 control of the objects of daily consumption 
 are in his hand. The ruler distributes to his 
 employees only such quantities of the entire 
 mass of goods as appears to him good and 
 proper; and since the articles of luxury are 
 nearly all exclusively in his hands, he enjoys 
 on this account also an extraordinary pleni- 
 tude of power." ^^^ 
 
 With this one exception, where a mighty 
 force executes the task, the power of circu- 
 lating money seems in all cases to have dis- 
 solved the feudal state. 
 
 The cost of the revolution fell on peasants 
 and cities. When peace is made, the crown 
 and the petty nobles mutually sacrifice the 
 peasantry, dividing them, so to say, into two 
 ideal halves; the crown grants to the nobility 
 the major part of the peasants' common lands, 
 and the greatest part of their working powers 
 that are not yet expropriated; the nobility
 
 252 THE STATE 
 
 concedes to the crown the right of recruiting 
 and of taxing both peasantry and cities. The 
 peasant, who had grown wealthy in freedom, 
 sinks back into poverty and therefore into 
 social inferiority. The former feudal powers 
 now unite as allies to subjugate the cities, ex- 
 cept where, as in Upper Italy, these become 
 feudal central powers themselves. (And even 
 in that case they for the most part all fall into 
 the power of captains of mercenaries, con- 
 dottieri.) The power of attack of the ad- 
 versaries has become stronger, the power of 
 the cities has diminished. For with the decay 
 of the peasantry, their purchase power di- 
 minishes and with it the prosperity of the 
 cities, based thereon. The small cities in the 
 country stagnate and become poorer, and be- 
 ing now incapable of defense, fall a prey to the 
 absolutist rule of the territorial princes; the 
 larger cities, where the demand for the luxuries 
 of the nobles has brought into being a strong 
 trading element, spht up into social groups and 
 thus fritter away their political strength. 
 The immigration now pouring into their walls
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 253 
 
 is composed of discharged and broken mercen- 
 aries, dispossessed peasants, pauperized me- 
 chanics from the smaller towns; it is in other 
 words a proletarian immigration. For the 
 first time there appears, in the terminology of 
 Karl Marx, the "free laborer," in masses, com- 
 peting with his own class in the labor markets 
 of the cities. And again, the "law of agglom- 
 eration" enters to form effective class and 
 property distinctions, and thus to tear apart 
 the civic population. Wild fights take place 
 in the cities between the classes ; through which 
 the territorial prince, in nearly every instance, 
 again succeeds in gaining control. The only 
 cities that can permanently escape the deadly 
 embrace of the prince's power are the few gen- 
 uine "maritime states," or "city states." 
 
 As in the case of the maritime states, the 
 pivot of the state's life has again shifted over to 
 another place. Instead of circling about wealth 
 vested in landed estates, it now turns about 
 capitalized wealth, because in the meantime 
 property in real estate has itself become "capi- 
 tal." Why is it that the development does
 
 254 THE STATE 
 
 notj as in the case of the maritime states^ open 
 out into the capitalistic expropriation of slave 
 labor? 
 
 There are two controlling reasons, one in- 
 ternal, the other external. The external rea- 
 son is to be found in this, that slave hunting on 
 a profitable scale is scarcely possible at this 
 time in any part of the world, since nearly all 
 countries within reach are also organized as 
 strong states. Wherever it is possible, as for 
 instance, in the American colonies of the West 
 European powers, it develops at once. 
 
 The external reason may be found in the cir- 
 cumstance that the peasant of the interior 
 countries, in contrast to the conditions prevail- 
 ing in the maritime states, is subject, not to one 
 master, but to at least two * persons entitled 
 to his service, his j)rince and his landlord. 
 Both resist any attempt to diminish their peas- 
 ants' capacity for service, since this is essential 
 to their interests. Especially strong princes 
 did much for their peasants, e. g., those of 
 
 * In mediaeval Germany the peasants pay tribute in many 
 cases not only to the landlord and to the territorial prince, but 
 also to the provost and to the bailiflf.
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 255 
 
 Brandenburg-Prussia. For this reason, the 
 peasants, although exploited miserably, yet re- 
 tained their personal liberty and their stand- 
 ing as subjects endowed with personal rights 
 in all states where the feudal system had been 
 fully developed when the system of payments 
 in money replaced that of payments in kind. 
 
 The evidence that this explanation is correct 
 may be found in the relations of those states 
 which were gripped by the system of exchange 
 in money, before the feudal system had be- 
 come worked out. 
 
 This applies especially to those districts of 
 Germany formerly occupied by Slavs, but 
 particularly to Poland. In these districts, the 
 feudal system had not yet been worked out as 
 thoroughly as in the regions where the demand 
 for grain products in the great western indus- 
 trial centers had changed the nobles, the 
 subjects of public law, into the owners of a 
 Rittergut* the subjects of private economic in- 
 terests. In these districts, the peasants were 
 subject to the duty of rendering service only to 
 
 * See foot-note on page 84.
 
 256 THE STATE 
 
 one master, who was both their liege lord and 
 landlord; and because of that, there came into 
 being the republics of nobles mentioned above, 
 which, as far as the pressure of their more pro- 
 gressed neighbors would permit, tended to ap- 
 proach the capitalistic system of exploiting of 
 slave labor.^^'^ 
 
 The following is so well known that it can 
 be stated briefly. The system of exchange by 
 means of money matures into capitalism, and 
 brings into being new classes in juxtaposition 
 to the landowners; the capitalist demands 
 equal rights with the formerly privileged 
 orders, and finally obtains them by revolution- 
 izing the lower plebs. In this attack on the 
 sacredly established order of things, the cap- 
 itahsts unite with the lower classes, naturally 
 under the banner of "natural law." But as 
 soon as the victory has been achieved, the class 
 based on movable wealth, the so-called middle 
 class, turns its arms on the lower classes, makes 
 peace with its former opponents, and invokes in 
 its reactionary fight on the proletarians, its late 
 allies, the theory of legitimacy, or makes use
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 257 
 
 of an evil mixture of arguments based partly 
 on legitimacy and partly on pseudo-liberalism. 
 In this manner the state has gradually ma- 
 tured from the primitive robber state, through 
 the stages of the developed feudal state, 
 through absolutism, to the modern constitu- 
 tional state. 
 
 (d) THE MODERN CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 
 
 Let us give the mechanics and kinetics of 
 the modern state a moment's time. 
 
 In principle, it is the same entity as the 
 primitive robber state or the developed feudal 
 state. There has been added, however, one 
 new element — officialdom, which at least will 
 have this object, that in the contest of the va- 
 rious classes, it will represent the common in- 
 terests of the state as a whole. In how far this 
 purpose is subserved we shall investigate in an- 
 other place. Let us at this time study the state 
 in respect to those characteristics which it has 
 brought over from its youthful stages. 
 
 Its form still continues to be domination, its 
 content still remains the exploitation of the
 
 258 THE STATE 
 
 economic means. The latter continues to be 
 limited by public law, which on the one hand 
 protects the traditional "distribution" of the 
 total products of the nation ; while on the other 
 it attempts to maintain at their full efficiency 
 the taxpayers and those bound to render serv- 
 ice. The internal policy of the state continues 
 to revolve in the path prescribed for it by the 
 parallelogram of the centrifugal force of class 
 contests and the centripetal impulse of the com- 
 mon interests in the state ; and its foreign pol- 
 icy continues to be determined by the interests 
 of the master class, now comprising besides the 
 landed also the moneyed interests. 
 
 In principle, there are now, as before, only 
 two classes to be distinguished: one a ruling 
 class, which acquires more of the total product 
 of the labor of the people — the economic means 
 — than it has contributed, and a subject class, 
 which obtains less of the resultant wealth than 
 it has contributed. Each of these classes, in 
 turn, depending on the degree of economic de- 
 velopment, is divided into more or fewer sub- 
 classes or strata, which grade off according to
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 259 
 
 the fortune or misfortune of their economic 
 standards. 
 
 Among highly developed states there is 
 found introduced between the two principal 
 classes a transitional class, which also may be 
 subdivided into various strata. Its members 
 are bound to render service to the upper class, 
 while they are entitled to receive service from 
 the classes below them. To illustrate with an 
 example, we find in the ruling class in modern 
 Germany at least three strata. First come 
 the great landed magnates, who at the same 
 time are the principal shareholders in the 
 larger industrial imdertakings and mining com- 
 panies: next stand the captains of industry 
 and the "bankocrats," who also in many cases 
 have become owners of great estates. In con- 
 sequence of this they quickly amalgamate with 
 the first layer. Such, for example, are the 
 Princes Fugger, who were formerly bankers of 
 Augsburg, and the Counts of Donnersmarck, 
 owners of extensive mines in Silesia. And 
 finally there are the petty country nobles, whom 
 we shall hereafter term junker or "squires."
 
 260 THE STATE 
 
 The subject class, at all events, consists of petty- 
 peasants, agricultural laborers, factory and 
 mine hands, with small artisans and subordi- 
 nate officials. The "middle classes" are the 
 classes of the transition: composed of the 
 owners of large and medium-sized farms, the 
 small manufacturers, and the best paid me- 
 chanics, besides those rich "bourgeois," such as 
 Jews, who have not become rich enough to over- 
 come certain traditional difficulties which op- 
 pose their arrival at the stage of intermarriage 
 with the upper class. All these render unre- 
 quited service to the upper class, and receive 
 unrequited service from the lower classes. 
 This determines the result which occurs either 
 to the stratum as a whole or to the individuals 
 in it; that is to say, either a complete accept- 
 ance into the upper class, or an absolute sink- 
 ing into the lower class. Of the (German) 
 transitional classes, the large farmers and the 
 manufacturers of average wealth have risen, 
 while the majority of artisans have descended 
 to the lower classes. We have thus arrived at 
 the kinetics of classes.
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 261 
 
 The interests of every class set in motion an 
 actual body of associated forces, which impel 
 it with a definite momentum toward the attain- 
 ment of a definite goal. All classes whatever 
 have the same goal; viz., the total result of the 
 productive labor of all the denizens of a given 
 state. Efvery class attempts to obtain as large 
 a share as possible of the national production ; 
 and since all strive for identically the same ob- 
 ject, the class contest results. This contest of 
 classes is the content of all history of states, 
 except in so far as the interest of the state as 
 a whole produces common actions. These we 
 may at this point disregard, since they have 
 been given undue prominence by the traditional 
 method of historical study, and lead to one- 
 sided views. Historically this class contest is 
 shown to be a party fight. A party is origi- 
 nally and in its essence nothing save an or- 
 ganized representation of a class. Wherever 
 a class, by reason of social differentiation, has 
 split up into numerous sub-classes with varied 
 separate interests, the party claiming to repre- 
 sent it disintegrates at the earliest opportunity
 
 262 THE STATE 
 
 into a mass of tiny parties, and these will either 
 be allies or mortal enemies according to the de- 
 gree of divergence of the class interests. 
 Where on the other hand a former class con- 
 trast has disappeared by social diiFerentiation, 
 the two former parties amalgamate in a short 
 time into a new party. As an example of the 
 first case we may recall the splitting off of the 
 artisans and Anti-Semite parties from the 
 party of German Liberalism, as a consequence 
 of the fact that the first represented descend- 
 ing groups, while the latter represented ascend- 
 ing ones. A characteristic example of the 
 second category may be found in the political 
 amalgamation which bound together into the 
 farmers' union the petty landed squires of the 
 East Elbian country with West Elbian rich 
 peasants on large plantations. Since the petty 
 squire sinks and the farmer rises, they meet 
 half-way. All party policy can have but one 
 meaning, viz., to procure for the class repre- 
 sented as great a share as is possible of the total 
 national production. In other words, the pre-
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 263 
 
 ferred classes intend to maintain their share, at 
 the very least, at the ancient scale, and if pos- 
 sible, to increase it toward such a maximum 
 as shall permit the exploited classes just a bare 
 existence, to keep them fit to do their work, 
 just as in the bee-keeper stages. Their object 
 is to confiscate the entire surplus product of the 
 economic means, a surplus which increases 
 enormously as population becomes more dense 
 and division of labor more specialized. On the 
 other hand, the group of exploited classes 
 would like to reduce their tribute to the zero- 
 point, and to consume the entire product them- 
 selves ; and the transitional classes work as much 
 as possible toward the reduction of their tribute 
 to the upper classes, while at the same time they 
 strive to increase their unrequited income from 
 the classes underneath. 
 
 This is the aim and the content of all party 
 contests. The ruling class conducts this fight 
 with all those means which its acquired do- 
 minion has handed down to it. In conse- 
 quence of this, the ruling class sees to it that
 
 264 THE STATE 
 
 legislation is framed in its interest and to serve 
 its purj)ose — class legislation. These laws are 
 then applied in such wise that the blunted back 
 of the sword of justice is turned upward, while 
 its sharpened edge is turned downward — class 
 justice. The governing class in every state 
 uses the administration of the state in the in- 
 terest of those belonging to it under a twofold 
 aspect. In the first place it reserves to its 
 adherents all prominent places and all offices 
 of influence and of profit, in the army, in the 
 superior branches of government service, and 
 in places on the bench; and secondly, by these 
 very agencies, it directs the entire policy of the 
 state, causes its class-politics to bring about 
 commercial wars, colonial policies, protective 
 tariff's, legislation in some degree improving 
 the conditions of the laboring classes, electoral 
 reform policies, etc. As long as the nobles 
 ruled the state, they exploited it as they would 
 have managed an estate; when the bourgeoisie 
 obtain the mastery, the state is exploited as 
 though it were a factory. And the class-re- 
 ligion covers all defects, as long as they can be
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 265 
 
 endured, with its "don't touch the foundation 
 of society." 
 
 There still exist in the public law a number 
 of political privileges and economic strategic 
 positions, which favor the master class : such as, 
 in Prussia, a system of voting which gives the 
 plutocrats an undue advantage over the less 
 favored classes, a limitation of the constitu- 
 tional rights of free assembly, regulations for 
 servants, etc. For that reason, the constitu- 
 tional fight, carried on over thousands of years 
 and dominating the life of the state, is still un- 
 completed. The fight for improved conditions 
 of life, another phase of the party and class 
 struggle, usually takes place in the halls of 
 legislative bodies, but often it is carried on by 
 means of demonstrations in the streets, by gen- 
 eral strikes, or by open outbreaks. 
 
 But the plebs have finally and definitely 
 learned that these remnants of feudal strategic 
 centers, do not, except in belated instances, 
 constitute the final stronghold of their op- 
 ponents. It is not in political, but rather in 
 economic conditions that the cause must be
 
 266 THE STATE 
 
 sought, which has brought it about that even in 
 the modern constitutional state, the "distribu- 
 tion of wealth" has not been changed in princi- 
 ple. Just as in feudal times, the great mass of 
 men live in bitter poverty; even under the 
 best conditions, they have the meager neces- 
 sities of life, earned by hard, crushing, stupe- 
 fying forced labor, no longer exacted by right 
 of political exploitation, but just as eiFectively 
 forced from the laborers by their economic 
 needs. And just as before in the un-reformed 
 days, the narrow minority, a new master class, 
 a conglomerate of holders of ancient privileges 
 and of newly rich, gathers in the tribute, now 
 grown to immensity; and not only does not 
 render any service therefor, but flaunts its 
 wealth in the face of labor by riotous living. 
 The class contest henceforth is devoted more 
 and more to these economic causes, based on 
 vicious systems of distribution; and it takes 
 shape in a hand-to-hand fight between ex- 
 ploiters and proletariat, carried on by strikes, 
 cooperative societies and trades unions. The 
 economic organization first forces recognition, 
 and then equal rights ; then it leads and finally
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 267 
 
 controls the political destinies of the labor 
 party. In the end therefore the trade union 
 controls the party. Thus far the development 
 of the state has progressed in Great Britain 
 and in the United States. 
 
 Were it not that there has been added to the 
 modern state an entirely new element, its 
 officialdom, the constitutional state, though 
 more finely differentiated and more power- 
 fully integrated, would, so far as form and 
 content go, be little different from its proto- 
 types. 
 
 As a matter of prmciple, the state officials, 
 paid from the funds of the state, are removed 
 from the economic fights of conflicting inter- 
 ests; and therefore it is rightly considered un- 
 becoming for any one in the service of the 
 government to be taking part in any money 
 making undertaking, and in no well ordered 
 bureaucracy is it tolerated. Were it possible 
 ever thoroughly to realize the principle, and 
 did not every official, even the best of them, 
 bring with him that concept of the state held by 
 the class from which he originated, one would 
 find in officialdom, as a matter of fact, that
 
 268 THE STATE 
 
 moderating and order making force, removed 
 from the conflict of class interests, whereby the 
 state might be led toward its new goal. It 
 would become the fulcrum of Archimedes 
 whence the world of the state might be moved. 
 
 But the principle, we are sorry to say, can 
 not be carried out completely; and further- 
 more, the officials do not cease being real men, 
 do not become mere abstractions without class- 
 consciousness. This may be quite apart from 
 the fact that, in Europe at least, a participa- 
 tion in a definite form of undertakings — viz., 
 handling large landed estates — is regarded as 
 a favorable means of getting on in the service 
 of the state, and will continue to be so as long 
 as the landed nobility prej)onderates. In con- 
 sequence of this, many officials on the Con- 
 tinent, and one may even say the most influ- 
 ential officials, are subject to pressure by 
 enormous economic interests; and are uncon- 
 sciously, and often against their will, brought 
 into the class contests. 
 
 There are factors, such as extra allowances 
 made by either fathers or fathers-in-law, or
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 269 
 
 hereditary estates, and affinity to the persons 
 in control of the landed and moneyed interest 
 or allied with them, whereby the solidarity of 
 interest among the ruling class is if anything 
 increased from the fact that these officials, 
 practically without exception, are taken from 
 a class with whom since their boyhood days 
 they have been on terms of intimacy. Were 
 there, however, no such unity of economic in- 
 terests the demeanor of the officials would be 
 influenced entirely by the pure interests of the 
 state. 
 
 For this reason, as a rule, the most efficient, 
 most objective and most impartial set of 
 officials is found in poor states. Prussia, for 
 example, was formerly indebted to its poverty 
 for that incomparable body of officials who 
 handled it through all its troubles. These em- 
 ployees of the state were actually, in conso- 
 nance with the rule laid down above, dissociated 
 completely from all interests in money making, 
 directly or indirectly. 
 
 This ideal body of officials is a rare occur- 
 rence in the more wealthy states. The pluto-
 
 270 THE STATE 
 
 cratic development draws the individual more 
 and more into its vortex, robbing him of his ob- 
 jectivity and of his impartiality. And yet the 
 officials continue to fulfil the duty which the 
 modern state requires of them, to preserve the 
 interests of the state as opposed to the inter- 
 ests of any class. And this interest is pre- 
 served by them, even though against their will, 
 or at least without clear consciousness of the 
 fact, in such manner that the economic means, 
 which called the bureaucracy into being, is in 
 the end advanced on its tedious path of vic- 
 tory, as against the political means. No one 
 doubts that the officials carry on class politics, 
 prescribed for them by the constellation of 
 forces operating in the state; and to that ex- 
 tent, they certainly do represent the master 
 class from which they sprang. But they do 
 ameliorate the bitterness of the struggle, by op- 
 posing the extremists in either camp, and by 
 advocating amendments to existing law, when 
 the social development has become ripened for 
 their enactment, without waiting until the con- 
 test over these has become acute. Where an
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 271 
 
 efficient race of princes governs, whose mo- 
 mentary representative adopts the policy of 
 King Frederick, which was to regard himself 
 only as "the first servant of the state," what has 
 been said above applies to him in an increased 
 degree, all the more so as his interests, as the 
 permanent beneficiary of the continued exist- 
 ence of the state, would before all else prompt 
 him to strengthen the centripetal forces and to 
 weaken the centrifugal powers. In the course 
 of the preceding we have in many instances 
 noted the natural solidarity between prince 
 and people, as an historic force of great value. 
 In the completed constitutional state, in which 
 the monarch in but an infinitesimally small de- 
 gree is a subject of private economic interests, 
 he tends to be almost completely "an official." 
 This community of interests is emphasized here 
 much more strongly than in either the feudal 
 state or the despotically governed state, where 
 the dominion, at least for one-half its extent, is 
 based on the private economic interests of the 
 prince. 
 
 Even in a constitutional state, the outer f ornv
 
 272 THE STATE 
 
 of government is not the decisive factor; the 
 fight of the classes is carried on and leads to 
 the same result in a republic as in a monarchy. 
 In spite of this, it must be admitted that there 
 is more probability, that, other things being 
 equal, the curve of development of the state in 
 a monarchy vt^ill be more sweeping, with less 
 secondary incurvity, because the prince is less 
 affected by momentary losses of popularity, is 
 not so sensitive to momentary gusts of disap- 
 proval, as is a president elected for a short 
 term of years, and he can therefore shape his 
 policies for longer periods of time. 
 
 We must not fail to mention a special form 
 of officialdom, the scientific staffs of the uni- 
 versities, whose influence on the upward de- 
 velopment of the state must not be underesti- 
 mated. Not only is this a creation of the 
 economic means, as were the officials them- 
 selves, but it at the same time represents an 
 historical force, the need of causality, which 
 we found heretofore only as an ally of the con- 
 quering state. We saw that this need created 
 superstition while the state was on a primitive
 
 CONSTITUTIONAL STATE 273 
 
 stage; its bastard, the taboo, we found in all 
 cases to be an effective means of control by 
 the master class. From these same needs then, 
 science was developed, attacking and destroy- 
 ing superstition, and thereby assisting in 
 preparation of the path of evolution. That is 
 the incalculable historical service of science and 
 especially of the universities.
 
 CHAPTER VII 
 
 THE TENDENCY OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE 
 
 STATE 
 
 We have endeavored to discover the de- 
 velopment of the state from its most remote 
 past up to present times, following its course 
 like an explorer, from its source down the 
 streams to its effluence in the plains. Broad 
 and powerfully its waves roll by, until it dis- 
 appears into the mist of the horizon, into un- 
 explored and, for the present-day observer, un- 
 discoverable regions. 
 
 Just as broadly and powerfully the stream of 
 history — and until the present day all history 
 has been the history of states — rolls past our 
 view, and the course thereof is covered by the 
 blanketing fogs of the future. Shall we dare 
 to set up hypotheses concerning the future 
 course, until "with unrestrained joy he sinks 
 into the arms of his waiting, expectant father" ? 
 
 274
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF STATE 275 
 
 (Goethe's Prometheus.) Is it possible to es- 
 tablish a scientifically founded prognosis in 
 regard to the future development of the state ? 
 
 I believe in this possibility. The tend- 
 ency ^" of state development unmistakably 
 leads to one point: seen in its essentials the 
 state will cease to be the "developed political 
 means" and will become "a freemen's citizen- 
 ship." In other words, its outer shell will 
 remain in essentials the form which was de- 
 veloped in the constitutional state, under which 
 the administration will be carried on by an 
 officialdom. But the content of the states here- 
 tofore known will have changed its vital ele- 
 ment by the disappearance of the economic ex- 
 ploitation of one class by another. And since 
 the state will, by this, come to be without either 
 classes or class interests, the bureaucracy of 
 the future will truly have attained that ideal 
 of the impartial guardian of the common in- 
 terests, which nowadays it laboriously at- 
 tempts to reach. The "state" of the future 
 will be "society" guided by self-government. 
 
 Libraries full of books have been written
 
 276 THE STATE 
 
 on the delimitation of the concepts "state" and 
 "society." The problem, however, from our 
 point of view has an easy solution. The 
 "state" is the fully developed political means, 
 society the fully developed economic means. 
 Heretofore state and society were indissolubly 
 intertwined: in the "freemen's citizenship," 
 there will be no "state" but only "society." 
 
 This prognosis of the future development of 
 the state contains by inclusion all of those fa- 
 mous formulae, whereby, the great philosophical 
 historians have endeavored to determine the 
 "resulting value" of universal history. It con- 
 tains the "progress from warlike activity to 
 peaceful labor" of St. Simon, as well as 
 Hegel's "development from slavery to free- 
 dom"; the "evolution of humanity" of Herder, 
 as well as "the penetration of reason through 
 nature" of Schleiermacher. 
 
 Our times have lost the glad optimism of the 
 classical and of the humanist writers ; sociologic 
 pessimism rules the spirit of these latter days. 
 The prognosis here stated can not as yet claim 
 to have many adherents. Not only do the per-
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF STATE 277 
 
 sons obtaining the profits of dominion, thanks 
 to their obsession by their class spirit, regard 
 it as an incredible concept ; those belonging to 
 the subjugated class as well regard it with the 
 utmost skepticism. It is true that the pro- 
 letarian theory, as a matter of principle, pre- 
 dicts identically the same result. But the ad- 
 herents of that theory do not believe it possible 
 by the path of evolution but only through revo- 
 lution. It is then thought of as a picture of a 
 "society" varying in all respects from that 
 evolved by the progress of history; in other 
 words, as an organization of the economic 
 means, as a system of economics without com- 
 petition and market, as collectivism. The an- 
 archistic theory makes form and content of the 
 "state" as inseparable as heads and tails of the 
 coin; no "government" without exploitation! 
 It would therefore smash both the form and 
 the content of the state, and thus bring on a 
 condition of anarchy, even if thereby all the 
 economic advantages of a division of labor 
 should have to be sacrificed. Even so great 
 a thinker as the late Ludwig Gumplowicz, who
 
 278 THE STATE 
 
 first laid the foundation on which the present 
 theorj'^ of the state has been developed, is a 
 sociological pessimist; and from the same rea- 
 sons as are the anarchists, whom he combated 
 so violently. He too regards as eternally in- 
 separable form and content, government and 
 class-exploitation; since he however, and I 
 think correctly, does not consider it possible 
 that many people may live together without 
 some coercive force vested in some government, 
 he declares the class-state to be an "immanent" 
 and not only an historical category. 
 
 Only a small fraction of social liberals, or of 
 liberal socialists, believe in the evolution of a 
 society without class dominion and class ex- 
 ploitation which shall guarantee to the indi- 
 vidual, besides political, also economic liberty 
 of movement, within of course the limitations 
 of the economic means. That was the credo 
 of the old social liberalism, of pre-Manchester 
 days, enunciated by Quesnay and especially 
 by Adam Smith, and again taken up in mod- 
 ern times by Henry George and Theodore 
 Hertzka.
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF STATE 279 
 
 This prognosis may be substantiated in two 
 ways, one through history and philosophy, the 
 other by poHtical economy, as a tendency of the 
 development of the state, and as a tendency of 
 the evolution of economics, both clearly tend- 
 ing toward one point. 
 
 The tendency of the development of the 
 state was shown in the preceding as a steady 
 and victorious combat of economic means 
 against political means. We saw that, in the 
 beginning, the right to the economic means, 
 the right to equality and to peace, was re- 
 stricted to the tiny circle of the horde 
 bound together by ties of blood, an en- 
 dowment from pre-human conditions of so- 
 ciety ;^*^ while without the limits of this isle of 
 peace raged the typhoon of the political means. 
 But we saw expanding more and more the cir- 
 cles from which the laws of peace crowded out 
 their adversary, and everywhere we saw their 
 advance connected with the advance of the 
 economic means, of the barter of groups for 
 equivalents, amongst one another. The first 
 exchange may have been the exchange of fire.
 
 280 THE STATE 
 
 then the barter of women, and finally the ex- 
 change of goods, the domain of peace con- 
 stantly extending its borders. It protected the 
 market places, then the streets leading to them, 
 and finally it protected the merchants traveling 
 on these streets. 
 
 In the course of this discussion it was shown 
 how the "state" absorbed and developed these 
 organizations making for peace, and how in 
 consequence these drive back ever further right 
 based on mere might. Merchants* law be- 
 comes city law; the industrial city, the de- 
 veloped economic means, undermines the feudal 
 state, the developed political means; and 
 finally the civic population, in open fight, an- 
 nihilates the political remnants of the feudal 
 state, and re-conquers for the entire population 
 of the state freedom and right to equality, 
 urban law becomes pubhc law and finally in- 
 ternational law. 
 
 Furthermore, on no horizon can be seen any 
 force now capable of resisting effectively this 
 heretofore efficient tendency. On the con- 
 trary, the interference of the past, which tem-
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF STATE 281 
 
 porarily blocked the process, is obviously 
 becoming weaker and weaker. The interna- 
 tional relations of commerce and trade acquired 
 among the nations a preponderating impor- 
 tance over the diminishing warlike and politi- 
 cal relations; and in the intra-national sphere, 
 by reason of the same process of economic de- 
 velopment, movable capital, the creation of the 
 right to peace, preponderates in ever increasing 
 measure over landed property rights, the crea- 
 tion of the right of war. At the same time 
 superstition more and more loses its influence. 
 And therefore one is justified in concluding 
 that the tendency so marked will work out to 
 its logical end, excluding the political means 
 and all its works, until the complete victory of 
 the economic means is attained. 
 
 But it may be objected that in the modern 
 constitutional state all the more prominent 
 remnants of the antique law of war have al- 
 ready been chiseled out. 
 
 On the contrary, there survives a considera- 
 ble remnant of these institutions, masked it is 
 true in economic garb, and apparently no
 
 282 THE STATE 
 
 longer a legal privilege but only economic 
 right, the ownership of large estates — the first 
 creation and the last stronghold of the 'political 
 means. Its mask has preserved it from under- 
 going the fate of all other feudal creations. 
 And yet this last remnant of the right of war 
 is doubtless the last unique obstacle in the path- 
 way of humanity; and doubtless the develop- 
 ment of economics is on its way to destroy it. 
 
 To substantiate these remarks I must refer 
 the reader to other books, wherein I have given 
 the detailed evidence of the above and can not 
 in the space allotted here repeat it at large.^*^ 
 I can only re-state the principal points made 
 in these books. 
 
 There is no difference in principle between 
 the distribution of the total products of the 
 economic means among the separate classes of 
 a constitutional state, the so-called "capitalistic 
 distribution," from that prevailing in the feudal 
 state. 
 
 All the more important economic schools 
 coincide in finding the cause in this, that the 
 supply of "free" laborers (i. e., according to
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF STATE 288 
 
 Karl Marx politically free and economically 
 without capital) perpetually exceeds the de- 
 mand, and that hence there exists "the social 
 relation of capital." There "are constantly 
 two laborers running after one master for 
 work, and lowering, for one another, the 
 wages"; and therefore the "surplus value" re- 
 mains with the capitalist class, while the laborer 
 never gets a chance to form capital for himself 
 and to become an employer. 
 
 Whence comes this surplus supply of free 
 laborers ? 
 
 The explanation of the "bourgeois" theory, 
 according to which this surplus supply is 
 caused by the overproduction of children by 
 proletarian parents, is based on a logical 
 fallacy, and is contradicted by all known 
 facts."* 
 
 The explanation of the proletarian theory 
 according to which the capitalistic process of 
 production itself produces the "free laborers," 
 by setting up again and again new labor-saving 
 machines, is also based on a logical fallacy and 
 is likewise contradicted by all known facts. "'^
 
 284 THE STATE 
 
 The evidence of all facts shows rather, and 
 the conclusion may be deduced without fear of 
 contradiction, that the oversupply of "free la- 
 borers" is descended from the right of holding 
 landed property in large estates; and that emi- 
 gration into towns and oversea from these 
 landed properties are the causes of the capital- 
 istic distribution. 
 
 Doubtless there is a growing tendency in 
 economic development whereby the ruin of vast 
 landed estates will be accomplished. The sys- 
 tem is their bleeding to death, without hope of 
 salvation, caused by the freedom of the former 
 serfs — the necessary consequence of the de- 
 velopment of the cities. As soon as the peas- 
 ants had obtained the right of moving about 
 without their landlords' passport (German 
 Freizuegigheit) , there developed the chance 
 of escape from the countries which formerly 
 oppressed them. The system of emigration 
 created "the competition from oversea," to- 
 gether with the fall, on the Continent, of prices 
 for farm products, and made necessary per- 
 petually rising wages. By these two factors
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF STATE 285 
 
 ground rent is reduced from two sides, and 
 must gradually sink to the zero point, since 
 here too no counterforce is to be recognized 
 whereby the process might be diverted. ^^^ 
 Thus the system of vast territorial estates falls 
 apart. When, however, it has disappeared, 
 there can be no oversupply of "free laborers." 
 On the contrary "two masters will run after 
 one laborer and must raise the price on them- 
 selves." There will be no "surplus value" for 
 the capitalist class, because the laborer himself 
 can form capital and himself become an em- 
 ployer. By this the last remaining vestige of 
 the political means will have been destroyed, 
 and economic means alone will exercise sway. 
 The content of such a society is the "pure eco- 
 nomics" ^^^ of the equivalent exchange of com- 
 modities against commodities, or of labor force 
 against commodities, and the political form of 
 this society will be the "freemen's citizenship." 
 This theoretical deduction is moreover con- 
 firmed by the experience of history. Wher- 
 ever there existed a society in which vast es- 
 tates did not exist to draw an increasing rental,
 
 286 THE STATE 
 
 there "pure economics" existed, and society 
 approximated the form of the state to that of 
 the "freemen's citizenship." 
 
 Such a community was found in the Ger- 
 many of the four centuries ^^^ from about A. D. 
 1000, when the primitive system of vast estates 
 was developed into the socially harmless do- 
 minion over vast territories, until about the 
 year 1400, when the newly arisen great prop- 
 erties, created by the political means, the rob- 
 ber wars in the countries formerly Slavic, shut 
 the settlers from the westward out of lands 
 eastward of the Elbe/^** Such a community 
 was the Mormon state of Utah, which has not 
 been greatly changed in this respect, where a 
 wise land legislation permitted only small and 
 moderate sized farm holdings/^*^ Such a com- 
 munity was to be found in the city and county 
 of Vineland, Iowa, U. S. A.,^^^ as long as every 
 settler could obtain land, without increment of 
 rent. Such a commonwealth is, beyond all 
 others, New Zealand, whose government favors 
 with all its power the possession of small and 
 middle-sized holdinsrs of land, while at the same
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF STATE 28T 
 
 time it narrows and dissolves, by all means at 
 its command the great landed properties, which 
 by the way, owing to lack of surplus laborers, 
 are almost incapable of producing rentals.^^^ 
 
 In all these cases there is an astoundingly 
 equalized well-being, not perhaps mechanically 
 equal; but there is no wealth. Because well- 
 being is the control over articles of consump- 
 tion, while wealth is the dominio7i over 
 mankind. In no such cases are the means of 
 production, "capital," "producing any surplus 
 values"; there are no "free laborers" and no 
 capitalism, and the political form of these com- 
 munities approximates very closely to a "free- 
 men's citizenship," and tends to approximate 
 it more and more, so far as the pressure of 
 the surrounding states, organized from and 
 based on the laws of war, permit its develop- 
 ment. The "state" decomposes, or else in 
 new countries such as Utah or New Zealand, 
 it returns to a rudimentary stage of develop- 
 ment; while the free self-determination of 
 free men, scarcely acquainted with a class fight, 
 constantly tends to pierce through ever more
 
 288 THE STATE 
 
 thoroughly. Thus in the German Empire 
 there was a parallel development between the 
 political rise of the unions of the imperial free 
 cities, the decline of the feudal states, the 
 emancipation of the crafts, then still com- 
 prising the entire "plebs" of the cities, and 
 the decay of the patrician control of the city 
 government. This beneficent development 
 was stopped by the erection of new primitive 
 feudal states on the easterly border of the 
 former German Empire, and thus the economic 
 blossom of German culture was ruined. Who- 
 ever believes in a conscious purpose in history 
 may say that the human race was again re- 
 quired to pass through another school of suf- 
 fering before it could be redeemed. The 
 Middle Ages had discovered the system of free 
 labor, but had not developed it to its full ca- 
 pacity or efficiency. It was reserved for the 
 new slavery of capitalism to discover and de- 
 velop the incomparably more efficient system of 
 cooperating labor, the division of labor in the 
 workshops, in order to crown man as the ruler 
 of natural forces, as king of the planet.
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF STATE 289 
 
 Slavery of antiquity and of modern capitalism 
 was once necessary; now it has become super- 
 fluous. According to the story, every free 
 citizen of Athens disposed of five human 
 slaves ; but we have supplied to our fellow citi- 
 zens of modern society a vast mass of enslaved 
 power, slaves of steel, that do not suffer in cre- 
 ating values. Since then we have ripened 
 toward a civilization as much higher than the 
 civilization of the time of Pericles, as the popu- 
 lation, power and riches of the modern com- 
 munities exceeds those of the tiny state of 
 Athens. 
 
 Athens was doomed to dissolution — by rea- 
 son of slavery as an economic institution, by 
 reason of the political means. Having once 
 entered that pathway, there was no outlet ex- 
 cept death to the population. Our path will 
 lead to life. 
 
 The same conclusion is found by either the 
 historical-philosophical view, which took into 
 account the tendency of the development of the 
 state, or the study of political economy, which 
 regards the tendency of economic develop-
 
 290 THE STATE 
 
 merit; viz., that the economic means wins along 
 the whole line, while the political means dis- 
 appears from the life of society, in that one of 
 its creations, which is most ancient and most 
 tenacious of life ; capitalism decays with large 
 landed estates and ground rentals. 
 
 This has been the path of suffering and of 
 salvation of humanity, its Golgotha and its 
 resurrection into an eternal kingdom — from 
 war to peace, from the hostile splitting up of 
 the hordes to the peaceful unity of mankind, 
 from brutality to humanity, from the exploit- 
 ing State of robbery to the Freemen's Citizen- 
 ship.
 
 NOTES
 
 NOTES 
 
 1. "History is unable to demonstrate any one people, 
 wherein the first traces of division of labor and of agri- 
 culture do not coincide with such agricultural exploita- 
 tions, wherein the efforts of labor were not apportioned 
 to one and the fruits of labor were not appropriated by 
 some one else, wherein, in other words, the division of 
 labor had not developed itself as the subjection of one 
 set under the others." — Robertus-Jagetzow, Illumination 
 on the social question, second edition. Berlin, 1890, p. 
 124. (Cf. Immigration and Labor. The economic 
 aspects of European Immigration to the United States, 
 by Dr. Isaac A. Hourwich. Putnam's, N. Y., 1912. — 
 Translator.^ 
 
 2. Achelis, Die Ekstase in ihrer kulturellen Bedeu- 
 tung, vol. 1 of Kulturprobleme der Gegenwart, Berlin, 
 1902. 
 
 3. Grosse, Formen der Familie. Freiburg and Leip- 
 zig, 1896, p. 39. 
 
 4. Ratzel, Vollcerkunde. Second Edition. Leipzig 
 and Wien, 1894-5, II, p. 372. 
 
 5. Die Soziale V erf as sung des Inhareidis. Stutt^ 
 gart, 1896, p. 51. 
 
 6. Siedlung und Agrarwesen der Westgermanen, etc. 
 Berlin, 1895, I, p. 273. 
 
 7. 1. c. I, p. 138. 
 
 8. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 702. 
 
 ^3
 
 294. THE STATE 
 
 9. Ratzel, 1. c. 11, p. 555. 
 
 10. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 555. 
 
 11. For example with the Ovambo according to Ratzel, 
 1. c. II, p. 214, who in part "seem to be found in slave- 
 like status," and according to Laveleye among the an- 
 cient Irish (FuidMrs). 
 
 12. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 648. 
 IS. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 99. 
 
 14. Lippert, Kulturgeschichte der Menschheit. Stutt- 
 gart, 1886, II, p. 302. 
 
 15. Lippert, 1. c. II, p. 522. 
 
 16. Romische Geschichte. Sixth Edition. Berlin, 
 1874, I, p. 17. 
 
 17. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 518. 
 
 18. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 425. 
 
 19. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 545. 
 
 20. Ratzel, 1. c. II, pp. 390-1. 
 
 21. Ratzel, 1. c. II, pp. S90-1. 
 
 22. Lippert, 1. c. I, p. 471. 
 
 23. Kulischer, "The history of the development of in- 
 terest from capital." Jahrbiicher fur National CETcon- 
 omie. Ill series, vol. 18, p. 318, Jena, 1899: (Says 
 Strabo: "Plunderers and from the scant supplies of 
 their native land covetous of the lands of others.") 
 
 24. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 123. 
 
 25. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 591. 
 
 26. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 370. 
 
 27. Ratzel, 1. c. II, pp. 390-1. 
 
 28. Ratzel, 1. c. II, pp. 388-9. 
 
 29. Ratzel, 1. c. II, pp. 103-04. 
 
 80. Thurnwald, Staat und Wirtschaft im altem 
 Mgypten. Zeitschrift fiir Soz. Wissenchaft, vol. 4 
 1901, pp. 700-01,
 
 NOTES 295 
 
 31. Ratzel, 1. c. II, pp. 404-05. (Gumplowicz, Ras- 
 senkampf, p. 264: "Egypt, rich and self-sufficient, 
 says Ranke, invited the avarice of neighboring tribes, 
 who served other gods. Under the name of the Shep- 
 herd peoples, foreign dynasts and foreign tribes ruled 
 Egypt for centuries. 
 
 "Truly, the summary of universal history could not 
 be begun with more characteristic words than those of 
 Ranke. For in the words applied to Egypt the quintes- 
 sence of the whole history of mankind is summed up." — 
 Translator.) 
 
 32. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 165. 
 
 33. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 485. 
 
 34. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 480. 
 
 35. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 165. 
 
 36. Buhl, Soziale Verhaltnisse der Israeliten, p. 13. 
 
 37. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 455. 
 SB. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 628. 
 
 39. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 625. 
 
 40. Cieza de Leon, "Seg. parte de la cr6nica del 
 Peru." P. 75, cit. by Cunow, Inkareich (p. 62, note 1). 
 
 41. Cunow, 1. c. p. 61. 
 
 42. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 346. 
 
 43. Ratzel, 1. c. II, pp. 36-7. 
 
 44. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 221. (Cf. remarks by Hon. 
 A. J. Sabath, M. C, Sociological Argument on Work- 
 man's Compensation Bill, p. 498, Senate Document 
 338, Sixty-second Congress, Second Session, Volume I. 
 See also Congressional Record for March 1, 1913, Sixty- 
 second Congress, Third Session, pp. 4503, 4529, et 
 seq. — Translator.) 
 
 45. "Among the Wahuma women occupy a higher posi-
 
 296 THE STATE 
 
 tion than among the negroes, and are watched carefully 
 by their men. This makes mixed marriages difficult. 
 The mass of the Waganda even to-day would not have 
 remained a genuine negro tribe 'of dark chocolate colored 
 skin and short wool hair' were it not that the two peoples 
 are strictly opposed to one another as peasants and herds- 
 men, rulers and subjects, as despised and honored, in 
 spite of the relations entered into among the upper 
 classes. In this peculiar position, they represent a 
 typical phenomenon, which is found repeated at many 
 other points," — Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 177. 
 
 46. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 178. 
 
 47. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 198. 
 
 48. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 476. 
 
 49. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 453. 
 
 50. Kopp, Griechische Staatsaltertiimer, 2, Aufi. 
 Berlin, 1893, p. 23. 
 
 51. Uhland, Alte hoch und niederdeutsche Volkslieder 
 I (1844), p. 339 cited by Sombart: Der moderne Kapi- 
 talismus, Leipzig, 1902, I, pp. 384-5. 
 
 52. Inama-Sternegg, Deutsche Wirtsch.-Gesch. I, 
 Leipzig, 1879, p. 59. 
 
 53. Wester mar ck. History of Human Marriage, Lon- 
 don, 1891, p. 368. 
 
 54. Cf. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 81. 
 
 55. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 156. 
 
 56. Ratzel, 1. c. I, pp. 259-60. 
 
 57. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 434. 
 
 58. I. Kulischer, 1. c, p. 31 7? where other examples 
 may be found. 
 
 59. Westermarck, History of Human Marriage, p.
 
 NOTES 297 
 
 400, which contains a number of ethnographical ex- 
 amples. 
 
 60. Westermarck, 1. c, p. 546. 
 
 61. Cf. Ratzel, 1. c. I, pp. 318, 540. 
 
 62. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 106. 
 
 63. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 335. 
 
 64. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 346. 
 
 65. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 347. 
 
 66. Buecher, Entstehung der Volkswirtschaft, Second 
 Edition, Tubingen, 1898, p. 301. 
 
 67. Cf., Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 271, speaking of the 
 islanders of the Pacific Ocean: "Intercourse from tribe 
 to tribe is carried on by inviolable heralds, preferably old 
 women. These act also as intermediary agents in 
 trades." See also page 317 for the same practises among 
 the Australians. 
 
 68. German Translation by L. Katscher. Leipzig, 
 
 1907. 
 
 69. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 81. 
 
 70. Ratzel, 1. c. I, pp. 478-9. 
 
 71. A. Vierkandt, Die wirtschaftlichen Verhaltnisse 
 der Naturvolker. Zeitschrift fiir Sozialwissenschaft, 
 II, pp. 177-8. 
 
 72. Kulischer, 1. c. pp. 320-1. 
 
 73. Lippert, 1. c. I, p. 266, et s^q. 
 
 74. Cf. Westermarck, History of Human Marriage. 
 
 75. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 27- 
 
 76. Herodotus IV, 23, cited by Lippert, 1. e. I, p. 
 459. 
 
 77. Lippert, 1. c. II, p. 170. 
 
 78. Mommsen, 1. c. I, p. 139. 
 
 79. Similar conditions may be observed among the
 
 298 THE STATE 
 
 islanders near India. Here the Malays are vikings. 
 "Colonization is an important factor, as conquest and 
 settlement oversea . . . reminding one of the great 
 role played in ancient Hellas by the roving tribes. . . . 
 Every strip of coast line shows foreign elements, who 
 enter uncalled for and in most instances spreading dam- 
 age among the natives. The right of conquest was 
 granted by the rulers of Tornate to noble dynasts, who 
 later on became semi-sovereign viceroys on the islands of 
 Buru, Serang, etc." 
 
 80. Mommsen, 1. c. I, p. 132. 
 
 81. Mommsen, 1. c. I, p. 134. 
 
 82. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 160. 
 
 83. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 558. 
 
 84. Buhl, 1. c, p. 48. 
 
 85. Buhl, 1. c, pp. 78-79. 
 
 86. Mommsen, 1. c. II, p. 406. 
 
 87. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 191; of. also pp. 207-8. 
 
 88. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 363. 
 
 89. Mommsen, 1. c, p. 46. 
 
 90. Both cited by Kulischer, 1. c, p. 319, from: 
 Buechsenschuetz, Besitz und Erwerb im grieschischen 
 Altertumj and Goldschmidt, History of the Law of Com- 
 merce. 
 
 91. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 263. 
 
 92. F. Oppenheimer's Grossgrundeigentum und soziale 
 Frage. Book Two, Chapter I. Berlin, 1898. 
 
 93. Nomadism is exceptionally characterized by the 
 facility with which, from patriarchal conditions, despotic 
 functions are developed with most far-reaching powers. 
 Ratzel, 1. c. Vol. II, pp. 388-9. 
 
 94. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 408.
 
 NOTES 299 
 
 95. Cunow, 1. c. pp. 66-7. Similarly among the in- 
 habitants of the Malay Islands numerous examples are 
 found in Radak (Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 267). 
 
 96. Buhl, 1. c, p. 17. 
 
 97. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 66. 
 
 98. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 118. 
 
 99. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 167. 
 
 100. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 218. 
 
 101. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 125. 
 
 102. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 124. 
 
 103. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 118. 
 
 104. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 125. 
 
 105. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 346. 
 
 106. Ratzel, I. c. II, p. 245. 
 
 107. Ratzel, 1. c. I, pp. 267-8. 
 
 108. Mommsen, 1. c. Ill, pp. 234-5. 
 
 109. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 167. 
 
 1 10. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 229. 
 
 111. Ratzel, 1. c. I, p. 128. 
 
 112. Weber's Weltgeschichte, III, p. 163. 
 
 113. Thurnwald, 1. c, pp. 702-3. 
 
 114. Thurnwald, 1. c, p. 712; cf. Schneider, Kultur 
 und Denken der alien Mgypter, Leipzig, 1907, p- 38. 
 
 115. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 599. 
 
 116. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 362. 
 
 117. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 344. 
 
 118. Meitzen, 1. c. II, p. 633. 
 
 119. Inama-Sternegg, 1. c. I, pp. 140-1. 
 
 120. Mommsen, 1. c. V, p. 84. 
 
 121. Cf. the detailed exposition of this in F. Oppen- 
 heimer's Grossgrundeigentnm und die soziale Frage, 
 Book II, Chap. 3.
 
 300 THE STATE 
 
 122. Mommsen, 1. c. Ill, pp. 234-5. 
 
 123. Thurnwald, 1. c, p. 771. 
 
 124. Meitzen, 1. c. I, pp. 362f. 
 
 125. Inama-Sternegg, 1. c. I, pp. 373, 386. 
 
 126. Cf. F. Oppenheimer's Grossgrundeigentum, p. 
 272. 
 
 127. Thurnwald, 1. c, p. 706. 
 
 128. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 503. 
 
 129. Ratzel, 1. c. II, p. 518. 
 
 130. Meitzen, 1. c. I, p. 579: "At the time of the 
 compilation of the Lex Salica, the ancient racial nobility 
 had been reduced to common freemen or else had been 
 annihilated. The officials, on the other hand, are rated 
 at threefold wergeld, 600 solidi, and if one be 'puer 
 regis' 300 solidi." 
 
 131. Thurnwald, 1. c. p. 712. 
 
 132. Inama-Sternegg, 1. c. II, p. 61. 
 
 133. Thurnwald, 1. c, p. 705. 
 
 134. "The larger camps of the army of the Rhine 
 obtained their municipal annexes partly through army 
 suttlers and camp followers, and particularly through 
 the veterans, who after the completion of their services 
 remained in their accustomed quarters. Thus there 
 arose distinct from the military quarters proper, a dis- 
 tinct town of cabins {Canabce). In all parts of the 
 Empire, and especially in the various Germanias, there 
 arose in the course of time, from these camps of the 
 legionaries, and particularly from the headquarter sta- 
 tions, cities in the modern sense." — Mommsen, 1. c. V, 
 p. 153. 
 
 135. Eisenhardt, Gesch. der National Oekonomie, p. 
 9: "Aided by the new and more liquid means of pay-
 
 NOTES 301 
 
 ment in cash, it became possible to call into being a new 
 and more independent establishment of soldiers and of 
 officials. As they were paid only periodically it became 
 impossible for them to make themselves independent (as 
 the feudatories had done) and then to turn on their pay- 
 master." 
 
 136. Thurnwald, 1. c, p. 773. 
 
 137. Thurnwald, 1. c, p. 699. 
 
 138. Thurnwald, 1. c, p. 709. 
 
 139. Thurnwald, 1. c, p. 711. 
 
 140. Cf. with this F. Oppenheimer's Gross grundeigen- 
 tum etc.. Book II, Chap. 3. 
 
 141. "Tendency, i. e., a law, whose absolute exe- 
 cution is checked by countervailing circumstances, or 
 is by them retarded, or weakened." Marx, Kapital, vol. 
 Ill, p. 215. 
 
 142. Cf. the excellent work of Peter Kropotkin, Mu- 
 tual Aid in its Development. 
 
 143. Cf. F, Oppenheimer, Die Siedlungsgenossen- 
 schaft etc., Berlin, 1896, and his Grossgrundeigentum 
 und soziale Frage, Berlin, 1898. 
 
 144. Cf. F. Oppenheimer, Bevolkerungsgesetz des 
 T. R. Malthus. Darstellung und Kritik, Berlin— Bern, 
 1901. 
 
 145. Cf. F. Oppenheimer, Grundgesetz der Marxschen, 
 Gesellscliaftslehre, Darstellung und Kritik, Berlin, 1903. 
 
 146. Cf. F. Oppenheimer, Grundgesetz der Marxschen 
 Gesellschaftslehre, Part IV., particularlj', the twelfth 
 chapter: "Tendency of the Capitalistic Development." 
 
 147. Cf. F. Oppenheimer, Grossgrundeigentum und 
 soziale Frage, Berlin, 1898. Book I, Chapter 2, Sec- 
 tion 3, "Philosophy of the Social Body," pp. 57 et aeq.
 
 302 THE STATE 
 
 148. Cf. F. Oppenheimer, Grossgrundeigentum, Book 
 II, Chap. 2, Sec. 3, p. 322. 
 
 149. Cf. F. Oppenheimer, Grossgrundeigentum, Book 
 II, Chap. S, Sec. 4, especially pp. 423 et seq. 
 
 150. Cf. F. Oppenheimer, "Die Utopia als Tatsache," 
 Zeitschrift fur Sozial-Wissenschaft, 1899, Vol. II, pp. 
 190 et seq. 
 
 151. Cf. F. Oppenheimer, Siedlungsgenossenschaft, 
 pp. 477 et seq. 
 
 152. Cf. Andre Siegfried, La democratie en Nouvelle 
 Zelande, Paris, 1904.
 
 <-■ » T TyxxxAU ^ F TF*," * " vf 
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 
 from which it was borrowed. 
 
 Ql- JAN 2 3 1995 
 
 \ 
 
 Ji^t *» 
 
 
 ^ Wit^^^^ 
 
 w 
 
 i 
 
 ^jy 
 
 DEC 1 6 1, 
 
 m 
 
 ^A • , 1 . . 
 
 cD 
 
 HAY "^ 

 
 College 
 Library 
 
 JC 
 336 
 
 cr62 
 1922 
 
 UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 "'ll|li|||||{||| Ml ji|||||lii! 1 1 ii| i| I nil I 
 
 A 001 
 
 039 103 5
 
 Uni 
 
 £